Document:

EX-10.17

 Exhibit 10.17 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT 
 This
Sublease Agreement (this “Sublease”) is made as of the 30th day of December, 2014 by and between ASCEND LEARNING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at 5 Wall Street, Burlington, MA 01803 (hereinafter
referred to as “Sublandlord”), and DEMANDWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 5 Wall Street, Burlington, MA 01803 (hereinafter referred to as “Subtenant”); 

W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain lease, dated January 27, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease, dated
March 18, 2011, which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Overlease”), Piedmont 5 Wall Street Burlington, LLC, as successor in interest to Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership (“Overlandlord”) leases to
Sublandlord, as lessee, 74,639 rentable square feet of space on the third and fourth floors (the “Premises”) of the building located at Five Wall Street, Burlington, Massachusetts (hereinafter referred to as the
“Building”); and 
 WHEREAS, Subtenant desires to sublet from Sublandlord the portion of the Premises located on the fourth
floor of the Building comprised of 9,650 rentable square feet, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Sublet Premises”), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, mutually covenant and agree as follows: 

1. Capitalized Terms. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Sublease shall have the meanings ascribed
thereto in the Overlease. 
 2. Demise. Sublandlord does hereby sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant does hereby sublease from
Sublandlord, the Sublet Premises for the Term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, together with the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with other tenants, the common areas and facilities on the fourth floor and the other
common areas and parking areas of the Building and the Park as contemplated by Section 2.1 of the Overlease. Subtenant will be provided, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, with lobby signage on the building directory and on the 4th Floor at the Sublet Premises per building standards to the extent permitted by the Overlease. 

3. Term; Delivery Condition. 

(a) The “Term” of this Sublease shall commence on January 1, 2015, subject to the receipt by Sublandlord of the
Overlandlord’s written consent to this Sublease (the “Overlandlord Consent”) (the “Term Commencement Date”) and shall end on October 31, 2019, or on such earlier date upon which said Term may be terminated
in accordance with any of the conditions or limitations or other provisions of this Sublease (which date for the termination of the Term hereof shall hereafter be called the “Termination Date”). 

 (b) This Sublease, and the rights and obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant under this
Sublease, are subject to the condition that Overlandlord consent to the subleasing of the Sublet Premises to the extent required under the Overlease, and this Sublease shall be effective only upon the receipt by Sublandlord of such consent and
provision of such consent by Sublandlord to Subtenant. Subtenant agrees to join such consent if so requested by Overlandlord in the form reasonably requested by Overlandlord. If the Overlandlord Consent is not obtained by January 15, 2015, then
either party may cancel this sublease by giving not less than fifteen (15) days written notice to the other party of its election to cancel, which cancellation shall be effective on the 15th
day following such notice if the Overlandlord Consent is not obtained prior to the end of such 15 day period. In the event this Sublease is cancelled as aforesaid, then this Sublease shall be null and void and neither party shall have any
further obligation to the other. 
 (c) Subtenant shall have one option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the term of this
Sublease for an additional twenty (20) month period (the “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Sublease (other than Annual Base Rate and Monthly Base Rent, which shall be as set forth in
Section 3(b)(iv) below) subject, however, to the following conditions: 
 (i) Subtenant shall give written notice (“Extension
Notice”) to Sublandlord of its election to extend the Term at least nine (9) months, but no more than twelve (12) months, prior to the expiration of the Term; 

(ii) This Sublease shall be in full force and effect and Subtenant shall not be in default of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of
this Sublease at the date of the Extension Notice or upon the commencement of the applicable Extension Term; 
 (iii) Subtenant’s
Extension Option is contingent upon Sublandord’s not exercising its right of first refusal to re-occupy the Sublet Premises (“Sublandlord ROFR”) upon the expiration of the Term. Sublandlord may elect to exercise the Sublandlord
ROFR by providing written notice to Subtenant within three months after its receipt of the Extension Notice (“Sublandlord Notice”), provided however that if Sublandlord does not provide the Sublandlord Notice to Subtenant within
three months after receipt of the Extension Notice from Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have waived its Sublandlord ROFR; and 
 (iv) Upon the
commencement of the Extension Term, Monthly Base Rent shall be payable for the applicable period at the rates set forth below and in accordance with Section 4. 
  

									
	 Period
	  	Annual Base Rate	 	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
			
	 From November 1, 2019 through October 31, 2020
	  	$	33.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	26,538	  
			
	 From November 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021
	  	$	34.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	27,342	  

 (d) Sublandlord shall deliver the Sublet Premises to Subtenant on the Term Commencement Date in such “AS
IS, WHERE IS” broom clean condition as exists on the date delivered to Subtenant, free of all occupants other than Subtenant, and with the Furniture in place in the Sublet Premises. Upon delivery of possession of the Sublet Premises to
Subtenant in 

  
 2 

 
accordance with the terms hereof, Subtenant shall conclusively be deemed to have accepted the Sublet Premises in the condition delivered and to have acknowledged that the same are in good
condition and satisfactory to Subtenant in all respects and Sublandlord has no obligation to make any improvements to such portion of the Sublet Premises. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has made no representations or warranties concerning
the Sublet Premises or the Building or their fitness for Subtenant’s purposes, except as expressly set forth in this Sublease. 
 4.
Base Rent. Commencing on the date that is two (2) months after the Term Commencement Date, Subtenant shall pay, as “Base Rent”, the amounts set forth below, in monthly installments, in advance on the first (1st) day of
each calendar month during the Term of this Sublease. No Base Rent shall be owing in respect of the first two (2) months of the Term (i.e., from January 1, 2015 through February 28, 2015). 

 

									
	 Period
	  	Annual Base Rate	 	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
			
	 From March 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015
	  	$	28.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	22,517	  
			
	 From January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016
	  	$	29.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	23,321	  
			
	 From January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017
	  	$	30.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	24,125	  
			
	 From January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018
	  	$	31.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	24,929	  
			
	 From January 1, 2019 through October 31, 2019
	  	$	32.00/RSF, gross	  	  	$	25,733	  

 The Base Rent shall be paid to Sublandlord at its offices located at the address set forth in the opening paragraph of this
Sublease, Attention: Controller, or such other place as Sublandlord may reasonably designate in advance in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, without demand, deduction, offset or abatement. All sums owing by Subtenant to
Subleandlord under this Sublease other than Base Rent shall be deemed “Additional Rent”. Any installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent not paid when due may bear interest at the lesser of (a) a rate of twelve percent (12%) per
annum or (b) the highest rate permitted by law, from the date due until the date paid. 
 5. Operating Costs. Pursuant to
Section 4.2 of the Overlease, Sublandlord pays to Overlandlord its share of the amount by which Operating Costs exceed the Base Operating Costs for calendar year 2011 (other than real estate taxes which are included in Base Operating Costs
through the fiscal year ending June 30, 2012). In addition to Base Rent, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, as additional rent under this Sublease, Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of (i) real estate taxes above a 2015 Base Year, and
(ii) Operating Expenses above a 2015 Base Year (collectively, the “Operating Cost Escalation”). Sublandlord shall bill Subtenant for the Operating Cost Escalation promptly after Sublandlord receives the corresponding bill from the
Overlandlord and Subtenant shall pay each amount so billed within ten (10) business days after its receipt of such invoice., provided, however, that if Tenant is required to make estimated payments pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Overlease,
then Subtenant shall make estimated payments of such amounts monthly, in advance, at the time and in the matter provided in Section 

  
 3 

 
4.2 of the Overlease. “Subtenant’s Proportionate Share” shall be 12.93%, based on the rentable area of the Sublet Premises divided by the rentable area of the Premises. 

6. Electricity. Commencing on the Term Commencement Date, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the sum of $1,206 prior to the first day
of each month in the Term in respect of electrical services to the Sublet Premises as estimated by Sublandlord on a $1.50 per square foot basis. Sublandlord assumes that Subtenant’s usage will be typical of tenants of Class A office space
and Sublandlord reserves the right to install, at its expense, a sub-meter and thereafter bill Subtenant for actual usage, in which case Sublandlord shall promptly notify Subtenant of such sub-metering and on a monthly basis any amounts determined
thereby, and Subtenant shall have thirty (30) days within which to make such payments as additional rent hereunder. 
 7. Security
Deposit. Simultaneously with the execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to and deposit with Sublandlord the sum of $25,000 (the “Security Deposit”). Sublandlord shall hold the Security Deposit throughout the term of
this Sublease as security for the performance by Subtenant of all obligations on the part of Subtenant hereunder. The Security Deposit shall not be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure or limitation of
Sublandlord’s damages or constitute a bar or defense to any of Sublandlord’s other remedies under this Sublease or at law or in equity upon Subtenant’s default. Sublandlord shall have the right from time to time, without prejudice to
any other remedy Sublandlord may have on account thereof, to apply such deposit, or any part thereof, to Sublandlord’s damages arising from, or to cure, any default of Subtenant. If Sublandlord shall so apply any or all of the Security Deposit,
Subtenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand from Sublandlord deposit with Sublandlord the amount so applied to replenish the Security Deposit. Sublandlord shall return the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as shall not have
theretofore been applied in accordance with the terms of this Section 7, to Subtenant on the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Sublease and surrender of possession of the Sublet Premises by Subtenant to Sublandlord at such
time, provided that if there is then existing a default (or any circumstance which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default), Sublandlord shall retain a portion of the Security Deposit sufficient to cure
such default and shall return the remainder of the Security Deposit to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date. While Sublandlord holds the Security Deposit, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to pay interest on the same
and shall have the right to commingle the same with Sublandlord’s other funds. If Sublandlord conveys Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, the Security Deposit, or any part thereof not previously applied, shall be turned over by
Sublandlord to Sublandlord’s grantee, and, if so turned over, Subtenant agrees to look solely to such grantee for proper application of the Security Deposit in accordance with the terms of this Section 7, and the return thereof in
accordance herewith. 
 8. Use. Subtenant shall use and occupy the Sublet Premises only for the use permitted under the Overlease
(the “Permitted Uses”). Subtenant shall also comply with all laws governing or affecting Subtenant’s use of the Sublet Premises, and Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has made no representations or warranties concerning whether
the Permitted Uses comply with such laws. 
 9. Surrender. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Subtenant
shall vacate and deliver the Sublet Premises to Sublandlord in vacant, broom clean condition and 

  
 4 

 
otherwise in the condition required under Section 6.1.2 of the Overlease, as incorporated herein by reference with the Furniture in place in accordance with Section 30. 

10. Insurance. Subtenant shall obtain and maintain all insurance types and coverage as specified in the Overlease to be obtained and
maintained by Sublandlord, as tenant, in amounts not less than those specified in the Overlease. All such policies of insurance shall name Overlandlord and Sublandlord as additional insureds thereunder. Subtenant’s insurance shall be primary
over Overlandlord’s and Sublandlord’s insurance. Each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty. To the extent
that such insurance is in force and collectible and to the extent permitted by law, Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby releases and waives all right to recovery against the other or anyone claiming through or under the other by way of subrogation
or otherwise. 
 11. Enforcement of Overlease. (a) Subtenant shall neither do nor permit anything to be done which would cause a
default under the Overlease which default remains uncured beyond any applicable cure period, or termination or forfeiture by reason of any right of termination or forfeiture, reserved or vested in the Overlandlord under the Overlease and Subtenant
shall indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless solely (but not in limitation of Section 12 of this Sublease) from and against all claims of any kind whatsoever by reason of breach or default on the part of Subtenant, or termination or forfeiture
which is the consequence of any such breach or default. 
 (b) Sublandlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Sublease does not
relieve it from its liability for the payment of rent and the performance and observance of all of the terms, conditions, covenants and obligations under the Overlease. Upon the written request of Subtenant, Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts
(but shall have no obligation to bring a formal action or proceeding), at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, to enforce on behalf of Subtenant, Sublandlord’s rights under the Overlease with respect to the Sublet Premises. Subtenant shall
also have the right to take such action in its own name. If (i) any such action against the Overlandlord in Subtenant’s name is barred by reason of lack of privity, non-assignability or otherwise,
and (ii) the failure of Overlandlord to perform its obligations under the Overlease would have a material adverse effect upon the Sublet Premises or Subtenant’s permitted use thereof, then subject to and upon the following terms, Subtenant
may bring such action in Sublandlord’ s name and Sublandlord shall execute all documents reasonably requested in connection therewith, provided (A) the same is without cost and expense to Sublandlord, (B) Subtenant shall provide the
indemnification to Sublandlord required pursuant to its obligations under the Overlease, and (C) Subtenant is not in default hereunder. 

(c) Provided Subtenant is not in default under this Sublease (subject to applicable notice and cure periods), Sublandlord covenants that it
shall not voluntarily cancel or surrender the Overlease (except the foregoing shall not apply to Sublandlord’s termination rights in the event of a casualty or condemnation, nor shall Sublandlord be obligated to exercise any extension option
under the Overlease), nor consent to any modification, amendment or supplement to the Overlease which materially, adversely impacts Subtenant, without the prior written consent of Subtenant. If the Overlease is terminated for any reason whatsoever,
whether by operation of law or otherwise, except through the default of Sublandlord, Sublandlord shall not be liable in 

  
 5 

 
any manner whatsoever for such termination. Sublandlord shall promptly forward to Subtenant any default or termination notice with respect to the Overlease received by Sublandlord and this
Sublease shall terminate in the event of any such termination of the Overlease. A termination of the Overlease due to the default of Sublandlord, other than a default caused by Subtenant under this Sublease, shall be considered a voluntary
cancellation or surrender of the Overlease under this Section. 
 12. Subordination to Overlease. (a) This Sublease is subject
and subordinate to the terms and conditions of the Overlease as applicable to the Sublet Premises and Sublandlord does not purport to convey, and Subtenant does not hereby take, any greater rights in the Sublease Premises than those accorded to or
taken by Sublandlord as tenant under the Overlease. 
 (b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Sublease, all of the terms,
provisions, covenants and conditions of the Overlease are incorporated herein by reference and hereby made a part of this Sublease. However, for purposes of such incorporation by reference, all references to Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed
references to Sublandlord and Subtenant, respectively, all references to the Premises shall be deemed references to the Sublet Premises and all references to the term of the Overlease shall be deemed references to the term of this Sublease, except
that Subtenant shall have no obligation to remove alterations installed by Sublandlord or restore the Subleased Premises to any condition other than its condition on the Term Commencement Date. In the event of a conflict or ambiguity between the
provisions of the Overlease and the provisions of this Sublease, the provisions of this Sublease shall govern and control. Subtenant shall be entitled to the same notice and cure periods, less five (5) business days, as Sublandlord is afforded
pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Overlease. Sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies of the Overlandlord under the Overlease as against Subtenant and, as between the parties hereto, Subtenant agrees to observe and perform all of the
terms, covenants and conditions on Sublandlord’s part to be observed and performed under the Overlease as applicable to the Sublet Premises as incorporated herein by reference. 

13. Overlandlord’s Services and Obligations under the Overlease. Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease or the Overlease to the
contrary, including without limitation Section 11 hereof and Article 5 and Exhibit D of the Overlease, Subtenant agrees that (i) Sublandlord shall have no obligations under this Sublease to perform the obligations of Overlandlord, as
landlord under the Overlease, including, without limitation, any obligation to provide services, perform maintenance or repairs, or maintain insurance, and Subtenant shall seek such performance and obtain such services solely from the Overlandlord;
(ii) Sublandlord shall not be bound by any representations or warranties of the Overlandlord under the Overlease; (iii) in any instance where the consent of Overlandlord is required under the terms of the Overlease, the consent of
Sublandlord and Overlandlord shall be required; and (iv) Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant for any failure or delay in Overlandlord’s performance of its obligations, as landlord under the Overlease, nor shall Subtenant be
entitled to terminate this Sublease or abate the Base Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder except to the extent Sublandlord is permitted to abate rent or terminate under the Overlease. Upon the written request of Subtenant, Sublandlord shall use
reasonable efforts to cause the Overlandlord to observe and/or perform the obligations of the Overlandlord under the Overlease which relate to the Sublet Premises; provided, however, that Sublandlord shall not be required to incur any

  
 6 

 
expense or expend any sums to obtain such enforcement, except to the extent of funds advanced by Subtenant to Sublandlord for such purpose. 

14. Certain Overlease Provisions Not Incorporated. The following provisions of the Overlease are expressly not incorporated into
this Sublease: Reference Data, Sections 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5 and 3.6, Article 4, Section 5.1, Section 6.1.6, the provisions regarding Alterations costing less than $50,000 in Section 6.1.15, the second and third paragraphs of
Section 6.1.20, Section 10.2, Section 10.4, Section 10.14, Section 10.19, Article 11, and all Exhibits (except Exhibit E); as well as such other terms of the Overlease as do not relate to the Sublet Premises or are
inapplicable, inconsistent with, or specifically modified by, the terms of this Sublease. In furtherance of the foregoing, Subtenant shall not take any action or do or permit to be done anything which (A) is or may be prohibited as to
Sublandlord under the Overlease, (B) would result in a default under any of the provisions of the Overlease, provided that Subtenant has received notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such default, or (C) would result in any
additional cost or liability to Sublandlord. Subtenant acknowledges that it has reviewed the Overlease attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B, and that it is familiar with the contents thereof. 

15. Alterations and Improvements. Subtenant shall not perform any Alterations (as defined in the Overlease) without Sublandlord’s
prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (provided that a requirement by Sublandlord that such Alterations be removed and the Sublet Premises restored at the end of the Term by Subtenant at Subtenant’s
cost shall not be considered an unreasonable condition), subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Overlease (except that the provisions regarding Alterations permitted without consent shall not be applicable) and receipt of required
approvals from Overlandlord for such improvements. Nothing in this Sublease shall be construed as an agreement that Sublandlord has any obligation to perform any alterations, installments, removals, additions or improvements for Subtenant whatsoever
and the Sublet Premises shall be provided and delivered in “as is” broom swept condition. To the extent permitted in the Overlease and subject to the provisions thereof (including the obligation to remove the same at the termination of
this Sublease to the extent required by the Overlease or Overlandlord), Subtenant shall have the right to perform modifications to the Sublet Premises, including in particular, installation of an enterprise data network and security equipment and
hardware. Any improvements will be paid by Subtenant and are subject to both Sublandlord’s and Overlandlord’s reasonable approval rights, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed in the case of Sublandlord (provided that a
requirement by Sublandlord that such Alterations be removed and the Sublet Premises restored at the end of the Term by Subtenant at Subtenant’s cost shall not be considered an unreasonable condition). 

16. Assigning and Subletting. Notwithstanding any provision of the Overlease incorporated herein to the contrary, Subtenant shall not
assign, mortgage, transfer (by operation of law or otherwise), or hypothecate this Sublease or sublet, license or permit and other party to use or occupy any portion of the Sublet Premises (individually, a “Transfer”) except, to the
extent permitted by Overlease, to any related entity, parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of Subtenant or any entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or under common control of the Subtenant or to any corporation or other entity
with succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets and business of Subtenant without the prior written consent of Sublandlord and 

  
 7 

 
Overlandlord, which they may grant, withhold or condition in their respective sole discretion. The following transactions shall be deemed assignments of this Sublease requiring such prior written
consent: (i) any assignment, mortgage, pledge or other transfer of this Sublease; (ii) any sublease, license or occupancy agreement with respect to any portion of the Sublet Premises. If Sublandlord and Overlandlord consent to any such
Transfer, such Transfer shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.1.6 of the Overlease and Subtenant shall pay over to Sublandlord 50% of the excess of such amounts payable each month in connection with a Transfer to the extent in excess
of the Rent due to Sublandlord hereunder. Overlandlord’s refusal to consent to a Transfer shall be deemed a reasonable reason for Sublandlord to withhold its consent to a Transfer, without any obligation on the part of Sublandlord to dispute
Overlandlord’s refusal. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit or amend the rights of Overlandlord under Section 6.1.6 of the Overlease. Any attempt by Subtenant to Transfer the Sublet Premises or the Sublease without the prior
written consent of both Sublandlord and Overlandlord shall be void. No consent by the Sublandlord pursuant to this Section shall be deemed a waiver of the obligation to obtain the Sublandlord’s consent to a Transfer on any subsequent occasion;
no waiver of the foregoing restrictions or any portion thereof to a Transfer shall constitute a waiver or consent in any other instance; and Subtenant shall remain at all times primarily liable for the performance and payment of all terms,
conditions, covenants and agreements contained herein. 
 17. Representations and Warranties. 

Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant as follows as of the date of execution and delivery of this Sublease: (i) to
Subtenant’s knowledge, the Overlease is in full force and effect in accordance with, and subject to, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements contained therein; (ii) the Overlease has not been modified, amended or
supplemented except as set forth on Exhibit B; (iii) Sublandlord has not received any notice of any default by the Sublandlord under the Overlease, which default remains uncured, and is not aware of, any material default by the Sublandlord
under the Overlease, which default remains uncured; (iv) Sublandlord holds the entire tenant’s interest in the Sublet Premises under the Overlease free and clear of any liens, claims, mortgages, charges or encumbrances, subleases and
occupancies (other than this Sublease and the Overlease), other than matters to which the tenancy of the Sublandlord, as tenant under the Overlease, is or may be subordinate; and (v) subject to receipt of approval of Overlandlord to this
Sublease, Sublandlord has full right, power and authority to enter into this Sublease. 
 (c) Each party acknowledges and agrees that it has
not received or been offered any illegal bribe, kickback, payment, gift or thing of value from any employee, agent or representative of the other party in connection with this Sublease, other than reasonable gifts and entertainment provided in the
ordinary course of business. Each party will promptly notify the other party if it offers or receives any such improper payment or transfer in connection with this Sublease. 

18. Notice. Any and all communications delivered hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or served in accordance with Article 14.5
of the Overlease addressed as follows: if to Overlandlord: as provided in the Overlease; if to Sublandlord, at the Premises, to the attention of Jonathan Moulton, General Counsel; and if to Subtenant, at the Sublet Premises, to the attention

  
 8 

 
of Chief Legal Officer, or to such other address and attention as any of the above shall notify the others in writing. 

19. Default. In the event of a default by Subtenant in the full and timely performance of its obligations under the Sublease,
including, without limitation, its obligation to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent, Sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies available to “Landlord” under the Overlease as though Sublandlord were “Landlord” and
Subtenant were “Tenant”, including without limitation the rights and remedies set forth in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of the Overlease. The foregoing shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Sublease. 

20. Successors and Assigns. This Sublease and everything herein contained shall extend to and bind and inure to the benefit of the
Sublandlord and its successors and assigns and the Subtenant and its permitted successors and assigns. No rights shall inure to the benefit of any assignee, subtenant or occupant unless the provisions of Section 6.1.6 of the Overlease and
Section 16 of this Sublease are complied with. 
 21. Miscellaneous. Neither Sublandlord nor any agent or representative of
Sublandlord has made or is making, and Subtenant in executing and delivering this Sublease is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements whatsoever, except to the extent expressly set forth in this Sublease. All
understandings and agreements regarding the subject of this Sublease, if any, heretofore had between the parties are merged into this Sublease, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement of the parties. No surrender of possession of
the Sublet Premises or of any part thereof or of any remainder of the term of this Sublease shall release Subtenant from any of its obligations hereunder unless accepted by Sublandlord in writing. Failure by either party in any instance to insist
upon the strict performance of any one or more of the obligations of the other party under this Sublease, or to exercise any election herein contained, or acceptance of payment of any kind with knowledge of a default by the other party, shall in no
manner be or be deemed to be a waiver by such party of any defaults or breaches hereunder or of any of its rights and remedies by reason of such defaults or breaches, or a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the requirement of strict
performance of any and all of the defaulting party’s obligations hereunder. The receipt and retention by Sublandlord of Base Rent or additional rent from anyone other than Subtenant shall not be deemed a waiver of the breach by Subtenant of any
covenant, agreement, term or provision of this Sublease, or as the acceptance of such other person as a tenant, or as a release of Subtenant from the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions herein contained. The receipt and retention
by Sublandlord of Base Rent or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition herein contained shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. This Sublease shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. All of the terms and provisions of this Sublease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Sublease
may not be amended, modified or terminated, in whole or in part, nor may any of the provisions be waived, except by a written instrument executed by the party against whom enforcement of such amendment, modification, termination or waiver is sought.
This Sublease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

  
 9 

 22. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Subtenant is not in default under this Sublease, its quiet
enjoyment of the Sublet Premises shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Sublandlord or anyone claiming by, through or under Sublandlord. 

23. Overlandlord’s Consent. It is hereby acknowledged by Sublandlord and Subtenant that Overlandlord’s consent to this
Sublease shall not create any contractual liability or duty on the part of Overlandlord or its agent to the Subtenant, and shall not in any manner increase, decrease or otherwise affect the rights and obligations of Overlandlord and Sublandlord, as
the lessee under the Overlease, with respect to the Sublet Premises. 
 24. Sublandlord’s Consent. Whenever Sublandlord’s
consent is required under this Sublease, Sublandlord’s rejection of a request made by Subtenant shall not deemed unreasonable, in any case, if such rejection is based on Overlandlord’s rejection of such request. 

25. Brokers. Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby represent and warrant that it has not dealt with any broker other than Avison Young
and Jones Long LaSalle in connection with this Sublease for the Sublet Premises. Each party shall hold the other party harmless from and against all claims for brokerage commissions, finder’s fees, or other compensation made by any other agent,
broker, salesman or finder as a consequence of said party’s actions or dealings with any such agent, broker, salesman, or finder. 

26. Termination of Overlease. In the event of a default under the Overlease by Sublandlord that results in the termination of the
Overlease, Subtenant shall, at the option of Overlandlord, provided in writing to Subtenant (to the extent required by the Overlease), attorn to and recognize Overlandlord as Sublandlord hereunder and shall, promptly upon Overlandlord’s written
request, execute and deliver all instruments necessary or appropriate to confirm such attornment and recognition. 
 27. No Offset;
Independent Covenants; Waiver. Base Rent and Additional Rent (collectively, “Rent”) shall be paid without notice or demand, and without setoff, counterclaim, defense, abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction or deduction, except as
expressly provided herein. Subtenant waives all rights (i) to any abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction or deduction of or from Rent, except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth herein, and (ii) to quit, terminate or surrender
this Sublease or the Sublet Premises or any part thereof, except as expressly provided herein. SUBLESSEE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE OBLIGATIONS OF SUBLESSEE HEREUNDER SHALL BE SEPARATE AND INDEPENDENT COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS, THAT
RENT SHALL CONTINUE TO BE PAYABLE IN ALL EVENTS AND THAT THE OBLIGATIONS OF SUBLESSEE HEREUNDER SHALL CONTINUE UNAFFECTED, UNLESS THE REQUIREMENT TO PAY OR PERFORM THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN TERMINATED PURSUANT TO AN EXPRESS PROVISION OF THIS
SUBOVERLEASE. 
 28. ANTI-TERRORISM REPRESENTATIONS. 

Each party represents and warrants to the other party that: 

  
 10 

 (a) It is not, and shall not during the Term become, a person or entity with whom the other party
is restricted from doing business under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, H.R. 3162, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the “USA Patriot Act”)
and Executive Order Number 13224 on Terrorism Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, persons and entities named on the Office of Foreign Asset Control Specially
Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (collectively, “Prohibited Persons”); and 
 (b) it is not currently conducting any
business or engaged in any transactions or dealings, or otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the Sublet Premises; and 

(c) it will not in the future during the Term engage in any transactions or dealings, or be otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons
in connection with the use or occupancy of the Sublet Premises. 
 29. Parking. To the extent available to Sublandlord under
Section 2.1 of the Overlease, Sublandlord shall make available to Subtenant use thirty-six (36) non-reserved parking spaces at the Building and the covered garage, subject to the terms and conditions of the Overlease relating to such
parking spaces. 
 30. Furniture. Subtenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Sublet Premises, the use during the Term of the
furniture and equipment located in the Sublet Premises as of the Term Commencement Date as more fully listed on Exhibit C (collectively, the “Furniture”). Subtenant acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to inspect the
Furniture and shall accept the Furniture in its “as is” condition of the Term Commencement Date. 
 Subtenant agrees to take all
actions necessary or appropriate to ensure that the Furniture shall be and remain personal property, and nothing in this Overlease shall be constituted as conveying to Subtenant any interest in the Furniture other than its interest as a Subtenant.
Subtenant shall, at its expense, protect and defend the interest of Sublandlord in the Furniture against all third party claims; keep the Furniture free and clear of any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, or other encumbrance
(collectively, a “Lien”), except any Lien arising solely through acts of Sublandlord. The Furniture shall be used by Subtenant only at the Premises and in the ordinary conduct of its business. In the event Subtenant elects at any
time during the Term not to utilize any of the Furniture, Subtenant shall notify Sublandlord in writing of the items of furniture Tenant elects not to use and Subtenant shall be responsible, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, for
transporting the Furniture it elects not to use to a storage location designated in writing by Sublandlord. Subtenant shall, at its expense, maintain and replace the Furniture so that it remains in the same condition as when delivered to Subtenant,
ordinary wear and tear from proper use excepted, and shall surrender the Furniture in such condition upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. In addition, Subtenant hereby assumes all other risks and liabilities, including without
limitation personal injury or death and property damage, arising with respect to the Furniture (unless solely through Sublandlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct), howsoever arising, in connection with any event occurring prior to such
Furniture’s return in accordance herewith. Subtenant hereby assumes liability for, 

  
 11 

 
and shall pay when due, all fees, taxes, and governmental charges (including without limitation interest and penalties) of any nature imposed upon or in any way relating to the Furniture. In
addition, as Sublandlord is not the manufacturer or vendor of the Furniture, it makes no other representation or warranty, express or implied, as to any matter whatsoever, including without limitation the design or condition of the Furniture, its
merchantability, durability, suitability or fitness for any particular purpose, the quality of the material or workmanship of the Furniture, or the conformity of the Furniture to the provisions or specifications of any purchase order relating
thereto, and Sublandlord hereby disclaims any and all such representations and warranties. 
 [Nothing Further on this Page; Signatures
Follow] 

  
 12 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have duly executed this Sublease, as an instrument
under seal, as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	SUBLANDLORD:
	
	ASCEND LEARNING, LLC
		
	By:		 /s/ William J. Aliber

	Name:		William J. Aliber
	Title:		CFO
	
	SUBTENANT:
	
	DEMANDWARE, INC.
		
	By:		 /s/ Timothy Adams

	Name:		Timothy Adams
	Title:		CFO

  
 13 

 EXHIBIT A 

PLAN OF THE SUBLET PREMISES 

  
 14 

 

 

 EXHIBIT B 

OVERLEASE 

  
 15 

 FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE 

This First Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) executed as of this
18th day of March, 2011, by and between Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and Ascend Learning LLC (hereinafter referred to as
“Tenant”). 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, by that certain Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant dated January 27, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as the
“Lease”), Landlord demised to Tenant certain Premises consisting of approximately 55,166 rentable square feet of tenant space comprising a portion of the existing building located on that certain parcel of real property known and numbered
as 5 Wall Street, Burlington, Massachusetts and as more particularly described in the Lease; and 
 WHEREAS, Tenant has elected to lease an
additional 19,473 rentable square feet located adjacent to Tenant’s existing space on the second floor, specifically such area described on Exhibit A hereto as the “Expansion Premises” (hereinafter referred to as the “Additional
Space”); and 
 WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to inter alia, include the addition of the
Additional Space in the definition of the Premises, and to make certain other modifications to the Lease, as applicable. 
 AGREEMENT

 NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby
agree as follows: 
 1. Section 1.1 of the Lease is hereby amended (i) by deleting “55,166” in the first line of the
definition of “Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space” and by replacing the same with “74,639”; and (ii) by deleting “18,655 RSF on the fourth
(4th) floor” in the fifth line of the definition of “Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space” and by replacing the same with “38,128 RSF on the fourth (4th) floor”; and (iii) by deleting the definition of “Fixed Rent” and by replacing the same with the following: 

 

			
			Initial eight and one-half (8.5) months: $0
		
			Months 8,5-12 (commencing the 9.5 month anniversary of the Commencement Date):

			
			 $1,828,655.50/Year;
 $152,387.96/Month
$24.50/RSF

		
			 Year 2: $1,865,975.00/Year;
 $155,497.92/ Month;
$25.00/RSF

		
			 Year 3: $1,903,294.50/Year;
 $158,607.87/ Month;
$25.50/RSF

		
			 Year 4: $2,164,531.00/Year;
 $180,377.58/ Month;
$29.00/RSF

		
			 Year 5: $2,201,850.50/Year;

$183,487.54/ Month; $29.50/RSF

		
			 Year 6: $2,239,170.00/Year;
 $186,597.50/ Month;
$30.00/RSF

		
			 Year 7: $2,276,489.50/Year;
 $189,707.46/ Month;
$30.50/RSF

		
			 Year 8: $2,313,809.00/Year;
 $192,817.42/ Month;
$31.00/RSF

		
			 Year 9: $2,351,128.50/Year;
 $195,927.37/ Month;
$31.50/RSF

		
			Year 10: $2,388,448.00/Year; $199,037.33/ Month; $32.00/RSF

 2. Exhibit A of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Exhibit A attached to this
Amendment. 
 3. For all purposes hereunder or elsewhere in the Lease, as amended herein, the term “Premises” shall hereafter refer
to the entire “Tenant’s Space” consisting of approximately 74,639 rentable square feet. 
 4. The Additional Space shall be
delivered to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Article III except that the parties hereby agree that the Tenant’s Plans with respect to the Additional Space shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord by May 1, 2011 in order for the
planned improvements of the Additional Space to be substantially completed by September 1, 2011 (assuming a build out consistent with the remainder of the Premises). In connection therewith, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs

  
 2 

 
of completing the improvements to the Additional Space in excess of Landlord’s allowance equal to $35.00/RSF of the Additional Space, or an aggregate of $681,555.00, which such costs above
said allowance, if applicable, shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor following completion of such work (which such invoice shall contain such reasonable documentation evidencing the
completion of such work). Notwithstanding any language to the contrary set forth in the Lease, in no event shall the completion of the improvements within the Additional Space be a condition for the commencement of the Term under the Lease (and the
commencement of the payment of Fixed Rent due pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Lease). 
 5. Tenant and Landlord warrant and represent
that they have dealt with no brokers in connection with this Amendment, except for Grubb & Ellis, and in the event of any brokerage claims by any other broker against either pasty predicated upon prior dealings with the other party, such
other party agrees to defend the same and indemnify and Landlord or Tenant as the case may be harmless against any such claim. 
 6. This
Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original but such counterparts together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument notwithstanding that both Landlord and Tenant are not signatories
to the same counterpart. The parties agree that facsimile copies of this Amendment, bearing their respective signatures, shall be enforceable as originals. 

7. This Amendment shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the subsequent assignees of Landlord and Tenant. 

8. All capitalized terms as used herein, but not defined herein, shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Lease. 

9. Except as amended by this Amendment, all other terms, conditions, covenants and provisions as appear in the Lease are hereby ratified and
confirmed and shall remain unchanged. 
 Balance of this page intentionally left blank 

  
 3 

 EXECUTED as of the day and year first written above. 

 

			
	LANDLORD:
	
	BURLINGTON OFFICE PARK V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	BY:		THE GUTIERREZ COMPANY,
			ITS GENERAL PARTNER
		
	By:		 /s/ Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr.

			Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr,
			President
	
	TENANT:
	
	ASCEND LEARNING LLC
		
	By:		 /s/ Ruth Siporin

		
	Name:		 Ruth Siporin

		
	Its:		 Controller + Treasurer

			Hereunto Duly Authorized

  
 4 

 EXHIBIT “A” 

(Plan of Premises) 
 To be attached

  
 5 

 

 

 LEASE 

Between 
 Burlington
Office Park V Limited Partnership 
 and 

Ascend Learning LLC 

for 
 55,166 Rentable
Square Feet 
 within Five Wall Street 

Burlington, Massachusetts 

 INDEX 
  

									
	ARTICLE 1 – REFERENCE DATA		 	1	  
				
			1.1		 Subject Referred To
		 	1	  
			1.2		 Exhibits
		 	4	  
		
	ARTICLE 2 – PREMISES AND TERM:		 	4	  
				
			2.1		 Premises
		 	4	  
			2.2		 Term
		 	6	  
		
	ARTICLE 3 – CONSTRUCTION:		 	6	  
				
			3.1		 Initial Construction
		 	6	  
			3.2		 Preparation of Premises for Occupancy
		 	9	  
			3.3		 General Provisions Applicable to Construction
		 	10	  
			3.4		 Representatives
		 	11	  
			3.5		 Arbitration by Architects
		 	11	  
			3.6		 Warranty of Tenant’s Work
		 	11	  
		
	ARTICLE 4 – RENT:		 	12	  
				
			4.1		 Rent
		 	12	  
			4.2		 Operating Cost Escalation
		 	12	  
			4.3		 Payments
		 	20	  
		
	ARTICLE 5 – LANDLORD’S COVENANTS:		 	20	  
				
			5.1		 Landlord’s Covenants during the Term
		 	20	  
			5.2		 Interruptions
		 	23	  
		
	ARTICLE 6 – TENANTS COVENANTS:		 	24	  
				
			6.1		 Tenant’s Covenants during the Term
		 	24	  
		
	ARTICLE 7 – CASUALTY AND TAKING:		 	33	  
				
			7.1		 Casualty and Taking
		 	33	  
			7.2		 Reservation of Award
		 	33	  
			7.3		 Additional Casualty Provisions
		 	34	  

 INDEX 

(Continued) 
  

							
		
	ARTICLE 8 – RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEE:		 	35	  
			
	8.1		 Priority of Lease
		 	35	  
	8.2		 Limitation on Mortgagee’s Liability
		 	35	  
	8.3		 Mortgagee’s Election
		 	36	  
	8.4		 No Prepayment or Modification, etc.
		 	36	  
	8.5		 No Release or Termination
		 	36	  
	8.6		 Continuing Offer
		 	36	  
		
	ARTICLE 9 – DEFAULT:		 	37	  
			
	9.1		 Events of Default
		 	37	  
	9.2		 Tenant’s Obligations After Termination
		 	37	  
	9.3		 Events of Default by Landlord
		 	39	  
		
	ARTICLE 10 – MISCELLANEOUS:		 	39	  
			
	10.1		 Titles
		 	39	  
	10.2		 Notice of Lease
		 	40	  
	10.3		 Relocation
		 	40	  
	10.4		 Notices from One Party to the Other
		 	40	  
	10.5		 Bind and Inure
		 	40	  
	10.6		 No Surrender
		 	40	  
	10.7		 No Waiver, etc.
		 	41	  
	10.8		 No Accord and Satisfaction
		 	41	  
	10.9		 Cumulative Remedies
		 	41	  
	10.10		 Partial Invalidity
		 	41	  
	10.11		 Landlord’s Right to Cure
		 	41	  
	10.12		 Estoppel Certificate
		 	42	  
	10.13		 Waiver of Subrogation
		 	42	  
	10.14		 Brokerage
		 	42	  
	10.15		 Covenants Independent
		 	43	  
	10.16		 Access
		 	43	  
	10.17		 Entire Agreement
		 	43	  
	10.18		 Governing Law
		 	43	  
	10.19		 Additional Representations
		 	43	  
		
	ARTICLE 11 – SECURITY:		 	44	  

  
 i 

 Date of Lease Execution: January 27, 2011 

REFERENCE DATA 
  

	1.1	SUBJECTS REFERRED TO: 

 Each reference in this Lease to any of the following subjects
shall incorporate the data stated for that subject in this Section 1.1. 
  

			
	Landlord:		Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership
		
	Managing Agent:		The Gutierrez Company
		
	Landlord’s and Managing Agent’s Address:		 Burlington Office Park
 One Wall Street

Burlington, Massachusetts 01803

		
	Landlord’s Representatives:		 Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr., President
 Douglas L.
Fainelli, Vice President of Operations

		
	Tenant:		Ascend Learning LLC, a Delaware corporation
		
	Tenant’s Address (for Notice & Billing):		 Prior to Lease occupancy:
 40 Tall Pine
Drive
 Sudbury, MA 01776
 Attn: Ruth Siporin, Treasurer and
Controller
  
 Following occupancy:

Five Wall Street
 Burlington, Massachusetts 01803

Attention: Ruth Siporin, Treasurer and Controller

		
	Tenant’s Representative:		Ruth Siporin, Treasurer and Controller
		
	Building:		Five Wall Street, Burlington, Massachusetts
		
	Floor(s):		Third and Fourth (3rd and 4th) Floors
		
	Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space:		55,166 Rentable Square Feet (RSF) located on the third and fourth floors of the Building, specifically consisting of

  
 1 

			
		
			approximately 36,511 RSF on the third (3rd) floor and approximately 18,655 RSF on the fourth (4th) floor.
		
	Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building:		181,680 Square Feet
		
	Scheduled Term Commencement Date:		July 1, 2011
		
	Outside Delivery Date:		Per Section 3.2
		
	Term Expiration Date:		Ten (10) years following the Commencement Date determined in accordance -with Section 3.2, subject to extension in accordance with Exhibit “F” or subject to earlier
termination in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease.
		
	 Fixed Rent
 (Exclusive of Tenant
Electricity):
		  
 Initial eight and one-half (8.5) months: $0

 
 Months 8.5-12 (commencing the 9.5 month anniversary of the Commencement Date)

 
 $1,351,567.00/Year; $112,630.58/Month $24.50/RSF

 
 Year 2: $1,379,150.00/Year; $114,929.17/ Month; $25.00/RSF

 
 Year 3: $1,406,733.00/Year; $117,227.75/ Month; $25.50/RSF

 
 Year 4: $1,599,814.00/Year; $133,317.83/ Month; $29.00/RSF

 
 Year 5: $1,627,397.00/Year; $135,616.42/ Month; $29.50/RSF

 
 Year 6: $1,654,980.00/Year; $137,915.00/ Month; $30.00/RSF

 
 Year 7: $1,682,563.00/Year; $140,213.58/ Month; $30.50/RSF

 
 Year 8: $1,710,146.00/Year; $142,512.17/ Month;
$31.00/RSF

  
 2 

			
		
			 Year 9: $1,737,729.00/Year; $144,810.75/ Month; $31.50/RSF
  

Year 10: $1,765,312.00/Year; $147,109.33/ Month; $32.00/RSF

		
	Base Operating Costs (for the Building):		Landlord’s Operating Costs (as defined in Section 4.2) for the Calendar Year ending December 31, 2011 (except that the real estate taxes component of Base Operating Costs shall be equal to the real estate taxes for fiscal tax
year ending June 30, 2012).
		
	Estimated Cost of Electrical Service to Tenant’s Space (Excluded from Fixed Rent):		$1.35/RSF - payable by Tenant pursuant to Exhibit “D”, Paragraph IX
		
	First Fiscal Year for Tenant’s Paying Operating Costs Escalation:		Calendar Year Ending December 31, 2012
		
	Security:		See Article 11
		
	Guarantor:		Not Applicable
		
	Permitted Uses:		General Office Use and other lawful uses that are ancillary and accessory thereto
		
	Real Estate Broker(s):		Grubb & Ellis Company
		
	 Public Liability Insurance –
 Bodily Injury
and Property Damage:
		 Each Occurrence: $1,000,000

            Aggregate: $2,000,000

		
	Special Provisions:		 Rental Abatement — See Section 1.1
 Option
to Extend (per Exhibit “F”)
 Right of First Offer (Per Exhibit “I”)

Right of First Refusal (per Exhibit “N”)

  
 3 

	1.2	EXHIBITS 

 The Exhibits listed below in this Section are incorporated in this Lease by
reference and are to be construed as part of this Lease: 
  

			
	EXHIBIT A		Plan Showing Tenant’s Space
	EXHIBIT B		Plan Showing Location of Exterior Building Sign
	EXHIBIT C		Plans and Specifications of Tenant’s Work
	EXHIBIT D		Landlord’s Services
	EXHIBIT E		Rules and Regulations
	EXHIBIT F		Option to Extend
	EXHIBIT G		Form of Notice of Lease
	EXHIBIT H		Definition of Market Rent
	EXHIBIT I		Right of First Offer
	EXHIBIT J		Form of SNDA
	EXHIBIT K		Form of Estoppel Certificate
	EXHIBIT L		Form of Change Order
	EXHIBIT M		Form of Letter of Credit
	EXHIBIT N		Right of First Refusal

 ARTICLE 2  

PREMISES AND TERM 
  

	2.1	PREMISES 

 Subject to and with the benefit of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord
hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, Tenant’s Space in the Building, excluding without limitation the floor slab, demising walls and perimeter walls and exterior windows (except the inner surfaces of each thereof), the
common facilities area, common stairwells, shafts, ducts and conduits passing through the Premises and building systems and building service fixtures and equipment serving exclusively or in common other parts of the Building. Tenant’s Space
with such exclusions, but with such appurtenances as hereinafter provided, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Premises”. 

Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the right to use in common with others entitled thereto, subject to reasonable rules of
general applicability to tenants of the Building from time to time made by Landlord of which Tenant is given notice: (a) the common areas and facilities included in the Building or on the parcel of land on which the Building is located
(“the Lot”), including, without limitation, a fitness center, locker rooms and a cafe located within the Building, and the common areas and facilities included within Burlington Office Park I (the “Park”), and all means of access
to and from the Building to the common areas and facilities, including without limitation the service, loading and parking areas allocable to the Building (i.e., Tenant shall be entitled to up to 3.2 per 1,000 RSF non-reserved parking spaces
and five (5) “reserved” spaces located in the covered garage located on the Lot (in such location of the garage as agreed to by Landlord and Tenant), all without additional compensation from Tenant), all

  
 4 

 
sidewalks, roads, driveways and the like, to the extent all of the foregoing are from time to time designated by Landlord; and (b) the Building service fixtures and equipment and the common
mechanical or electrical closets and shafts, ducts and conduits serving the Premises. Landlord represents and warrants that the parking ratio available for the Building is 3.8 parking spaces per 1,000 RSF and that in the event that any excess spaces
above that ratio provided to other tenants of the Building as of the date of this Lease are no longer provided to such tenant, Tenant shall have the right to use such spaces, up to a total allocation of 3.8 spaces per 1,000 RSF. 

Landlord reserves the right from time to time, without unreasonable interference with Tenant’s use (a) to install, repair, replace,
use, maintain and relocate for service to the Premises and to other parts of the Building or either, building service fixtures and equipment wherever located in the Building, and (b) to alter or relocate any other common area or facility,
provided that substitutions are substantially equivalent or better. Landlord’s exercise of the foregoing rights shall not materially increase Tenant’s obligations or diminish Tenant’s rights hereunder, or materially interfere with
Tenant’s parking rights. 
 Subject to the provisions hereinafter provided, Tenant shall have the appurtenant right, at no additional
charge, to place dedicated equipment, including without limitation, a dedicated emergency generator and any other associated equipment, wiring, shaft space, etc. required in connection therewith and to all Codes (as hereinafter defined) on the roof
of the Building or adjacent to the loading dock as agreed to by the parties, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The cost of all of such equipment, including any generator and concrete pad associated equipment (as applicable), and installation
thereof, shall be borne by Tenant. The size, the type of equipment and the precise location of the installation shall be pre-approved by Landlord, which such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord. All
installations shall be in accordance with sound construction practices, and in accordance with all applicable Codes, and in a good and workmanlike manner, and shall not materially interfere with other tenants of the Building or Park or decrease the
number of parking spaces on the Lot. The cost of any environmental review of the proposed equipment, if reasonably required, shall be at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall be required to maintain the same at its sole cost in accordance with best
industry standards, and Landlord’s agent shall, if reasonably practicable, accompany Tenant and/or any agent of Tenant when making necessary repairs to such equipment. Tenant agrees to maintain insurance on such equipment so installed by Tenant
hereunder, including the generator (as applicable), and to name Landlord as an additional insured thereon. Evidence of such insurance shall be provided to Landlord on or prior to the Commencement Date (or installation thereof, if later). 

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability or loss arising (except as a result of the
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors) from or out of the use or removal of such equipment so installed by Tenant hereunder, including the generator (as applicable) and any other associated equipment.
Upon expiration of the Term, Tenant shall be responsible for the removal of the same and for repairing any damage caused therefrom. These provisions shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 

  
 5 

 Landlord shall at all times during the Term maintain a full-service cafeteria and fitness center
(including showers) within the Building in a first class condition comparable to the existing cafeteria and fitness center (including showers) existing as of the Term Commencement Date, so long as Tenant is occupying the Premises. 

 

	2.2	TERM 

 To have and to hold for a period (the “Term”) commencing when the
Premises are deemed Ready for Occupancy as provided in Section 3.2 (said date being hereafter referred to as the “Commencement Date”), and continuing until the Term Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided in
Section 3.2, Section 7.1, Article 9, or extended as provided in Exhibit “F”. 
 ARTICLE 3 

CONSTRUCTION 
  

	3.1	INITIAL CONSTRUCTION 

 Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause certain
leasehold improvements to be substantially completed in the Premises in accordance with the final approved plans and specifications prepared by Tenant’s architect and approved by Landlord as hereinafter provided, which preliminary plans and
specifications are attached hereto as Exhibit “C” and made a part hereof (the “Tenant’s Work”; the Tenant’s Work shall be referred herein at times as the “Landlord’s Work”) prior to the Scheduled Term
Commencement Date set forth In Section 1.1 hereof. All of the work shall be performed by Landlord’s general contractor, Gutierrez Construction Co., Inc. (“GCCI”) utilizing its standard building materials and finishes for the
Building, which are consistent with industry standard for a Class A building and the consistent with the level of materials used in the spaces currently occupied by One Communications and Demandware, except as otherwise may be provided in
Exhibit “C” and the approved Tenant Plans. In connection therewith, Landlord agrees to provide preliminary space planning at no additional cost to Tenant, as depicted in Exhibit “C”. 

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, prepare and deliver to Landlord final architectural plans and associated specifications
(excluding mechanical, electrical and plumbing) for the Tenant’s Work incorporating said preliminary plans and specifications attached hereto at Exhibit “C” (collectively, the “Tenant’s Plans”) for the planned
improvements of the Premises by March I, 2011. Tenant shall provide a pre-purchase specification and plan for all long lead items, greater than an 8 week lead time by February 15, 2011. Such items may include specialty HVAC, specialty
electrical, lighting, flooring and doors and hardware. Tenant shall permit Landlord to review and provide input during the preparation of Tenant’s Plans and shall provide Landlord with preliminary plans and specifications as they are made
available to Tenant by its architect. Upon receipt, Landlord shall have ten (10) days to comment upon the Tenant’s Plans 

  
 6 

 
and shall be deemed approved in the event that Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) day period. Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith, diligent efforts to agree on the
Tenant’s Plans in a timely manner. 
 In reaching such agreement, Landlord and Tenant shall each approve portions of Tenant’s
Plans that are acceptable and shall note their respective objections to the portions that are unacceptable to each of them so as to enable Landlord to continue construction and order materials in a timely manner. Landlord will not approve
Tenant’s Plans (or changes to Tenant’s Plans) which involve any non-standard office construction, alterations or additions requiring unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal office use on the Term Expiration Date, unless Tenant
first gives assurances acceptable to Landlord that such re-adaptation shall be made prior to such termination without expense to Landlord. All revisions and modifications to the Tenant’s Plans shall be made promptly by Tenant and revised sets
of Tenant’s Plans shall be forthwith furnished to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt thereof, Landlord hereby agreeing to inform Tenant during the plan approval process and, in any event, prior to the installation thereof, of any such items
that may require unusual expense to readapt the Premises as aforesaid. All revisions and modifications to the Tenant’s Plans shall be made promptly by Tenant and revised sets of Tenant’s Plans shall be forthwith furnished to Landlord upon
Tenant’s receipt thereof. Landlord and Tenant hereby further agree to acknowledge in writing when final approval by Landlord and Tenant of Tenant’s Plans has occurred. No changes or modifications to Tenant’s Plans being constructed by
Landlord pursuant thereto shall be made without Tenant’s and Landlord’s prior consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed by Tenant or Landlord, as applicable. 

Landlord shall cause the Premises to be completed in accordance with Tenant’s Plans. After final approval of Tenant’s Plans by
Landlord and Tenant, the Tenant may request changes to Tenant’s Work by altering, adding to, or deducting from Tenant’s Work as set forth in the agreed form of Tenant’s Plans (each such requested change shall be submitted pursuant to
the form of Change Order attached hereto as Exhibit “L” and shall be referred to herein as a “Change Order”). A Change Order requested by Tenant in Tenant’s Work may also necessitate an adjustment in the Scheduled Term
Commencement Date and may result in Tenant Delay Days (as hereinafter defined), in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the cost of the Change Order (and effect on the
Cost of Tenant’s Work) and if such requested Change Order shall result in Tenant Alteration Delay Days, and therefore an adjustment in the Scheduled Term Commencement Date. Tenant shall have three (3) business days to accept such Change
Order (and the resulting cost and timing changes as set forth in Landlord’s notice) or to withdraw the requested Change Order. Failure by Tenant to respond within such three (3) business days shall be deemed a rejection of the Change
Order. In addition, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant, upon Tenant’s request, with sufficient itemization and back-up documentation to facilitate analysis and to confirm the cost of any such changes in the Tenant’s Work initiated by
Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of the actual Cost of Change Order(s), less credits for any Tenant’s Work deleted, but including a contractor’s fee of five percent (5%) and overhead of five percent
(5%) of the aggregate costs, within fourteen (14) business days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor, with any remaining amount to be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of a

  
 7 

 
final accounting from Landlord following delivery of the Premises and completion of the Punch List Items. 

In the event that Tenant approves a Change Order which would, due to materials or equipment having long delivery times or due to resulting
sequencing delays, and notwithstanding Landlord’s diligent efforts, result in a delay in the Scheduled Term Commencement Date, then a Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred for the number of days equal to the actual number of days (the
“Tenant Alteration Delay Days”) as certified by Landlord and its architect, and agreed to by Tenant and Tenant’s architect, by which the Scheduled Term Commencement Date would be delayed by such alterations or additions, giving due
consideration to Landlord’s obligation to use diligent efforts to accelerate construction to make up for lost time due to delays. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with written notice of such determination at the time it submits the Change
Order to Tenant for approval, such notice to include reasonable detail describing the cause of the delay and the number of Tenant Alteration Delay Days as certified by Landlord and its architect. Should Tenant disagree with the calculation of Tenant
Alteration Delay Days as hereinabove determined, then such disagreement shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof. 

All Tenant improvements, changes and additions comprising the Tenant’s Work shall be part of the Premises and shall remain therein at the
end of the Term, and Tenant shall have no obligation to restore the Tenant’s Work Premises at the end of the Term or earlier expiration thereof, except for Tenant’s business fixtures, equipment and personal property, all of which fixtures,
equipment, furniture and personal property shall remain the property of the Tenant and shall be removed at the expiration of the Term; and such other items shall be removed or left as the Landlord and Tenant agree in writing at the time of
Landlord’s approval of the Tenant’s Plans as hereinafter provided. Tenant agrees to repair, at its sole cost and expense, any damage to the Premises caused by any such removal by Tenant in accordance with this paragraph and
Section 6.1.2 hereof, subject to Section 10.13. 
 Tenant (including its contractors, agents or employees) shall have access to
the Premises, from time to time prior to the Scheduled Term Commencement Date, so as to prepare the Premises for occupancy by Tenant (including for telephone/data, security and furniture installations), provided that (i) Tenant’s
contractors, agents or employees work in a harmonious labor relationship with Landlord’s general contractor; (ii) reasonable prior notice is given to Landlord specifying the work to be done, and (iii) no work, as reasonably determined
by Landlord, shall be done or fixtures or equipment installed by Tenant in such manner as to materially interfere with the completion of the work being done by or for Landlord in the Premises or the Building. During any such early access period, no
Fixed Rent or additional rent or other charges shall accrue or be payable, but otherwise the performance of any such work by Tenant shall be subject to all the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease. 

In connection with the initial construction and delivery of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with an allowance of up
to $6.00/RSF to be used for Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment. Such allowance shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (or its vendor or contractor, as applicable) within fourteen (14) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice
therefor, which such invoice shall contain such reasonable documentation as may reasonably be 

  
 8 

 
requested by Landlord. In addition, Exhibit C designates certain “Tenant Change Items” which Tenant shall have the right, exercisable by a written notice to Landlord given prior to
February 15, 2011, to accept or reject. In the event that any such items are accepted by Tenant, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord said costs allocable to such accepted item (as described on said Exhibit C) within fourteen (14) business
days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. 
 At Tenant’s election, exercisable by giving Landlord written notice on or
before December 31, 2011, Landlord shall provide an additional allowance of up to $5.00/RSF to be used for tenant improvements, tel/data, security, furniture, fixtures or equipment, which such allowance-shall be amortized over the Term at an
annual rate of seven percent (7%) per annum, In the event that Tenant elects to receive such additional allowance, then Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a mutually agreeable amendment to this Lease modifying the Fixed Rent set forth in
Section 1.1 hereof. 
  

	3.2	PREPARATION OF PREMISES FOR OCCUPANCY 

 Landlord agrees to have the Premises Ready for
Occupancy (as hereinafter defined) on or before the Scheduled Term Commencement Date which such date shall, however, be extended for a period equal to that of any delays due to governmental regulations (excluding typical periods for obtaining
permits and approvals for the Landlord’s Work), unusual scarcity of or inability to obtain labor or materials, labor difficulties not specifically related to Landlord or GCCI), casualty or other causes reasonably beyond Landlord’s control
(each, a “Force Majeure Delay”), or any Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined), provided that such extension shall only be available to the extent that Landlord promptly notifies Tenant of the occurrence of any Force Majeure Delay or Tenant
Delay. For purposes of this Lease, a “Tenant Delay” shall mean any one of the following: (i) Tenant Alteration Delay Days; (ii) Tenant’s failure to supply information as reasonably requested by Landlord within the time
periods specified herein (or if no time period is specified, within five (5) business days of request) in order to complete construction in a timely manner, (iii) Tenant’s failure to deliver the Tenant’s Plans (or modifications
or said long lead item information) within the time periods specified herein, or (iv) a written request of Tenant to stop work. The Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy (“Ready for Occupancy”) on the date on which all of the
following have occurred: (x) the Landlord’s Work is completed in compliance with the approved Tenant Plans therefor, as certified in good faith by Landlord’s architect, except for punch list items relating to Tenant’s Work which
do not exceed five percent of the total costs of Landlord’s Work and do not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for its operation (“Punch List Items”), and Landlord has obtained a Certificate of Occupancy (which, if
temporary, shall be only subject to agreed upon Punch List Items and any items of work for which Tenant is responsible hereunder) for the Premises and has provided Tenant with a copy thereof; provided, however, that if Landlord is unable to complete
construction (other than Punch List Items) by the Scheduled Term Commencement Date solely due to any Tenant Delay, then notwithstanding any language to the contrary set forth herein and solely for purposes of determining the Commencement Date (and
subsequent time periods, and/or actions that are triggered by the occurrence of the Commencement Date, as applicable), the Premises shall be deemed “Ready for Occupancy” on 

  
 9 

 
the date the Premises would have been completed (other than Punch List Items), but for a Tenant Delay, subject to Tenant’s right to dispute the same as hereinafter provided, and it being
agreed that such deemed occurrence shall not relieve Landlord from the obligation to diligently pursue the Landlord’s Work to completion; and (y) all approvals and permits from the appropriate governmental authorities required for the
legal occupancy of the Premises have been obtained. Landlord shall complete all Punch List Items within thirty (30) days of the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy. 

If the Premises are not deemed Ready for Occupancy on or before the Outside Delivery Date (as defined below) for whatever reason, Tenant may
(i) cancel this Lease at any time thereafter while the Premises are not deemed Ready for Occupancy by giving notice to Landlord of such cancellation which shall be effective ten (10) days after such notice, unless within such ten
(10) day period Landlord delivers the Premises Ready for Occupancy as defined herein, in which event such notice of cancellation shall be rendered null and void and of no further force or effect, or (ii) to enforce Landlord’s
covenants to construct the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, In the event Tenant elects to enforce Landlord’s agreement to construct the Premises in accordance with this Lease, Tenant shall also have the right to terminate
this Lease if Landlord fails to complete the Premises within the period of time set by any court of competent jurisdiction for such work to be completed, or within such additional period of time from the date of Landlord’s default as may be
mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. In addition, if the Premises are not deemed Ready for Occupancy on or before the later of August 1, 2011 or 30 days following Scheduled Term Commencement for whatever reason other than a Force Majeure
Delay or Tenant Delay (the “Rent Credit Deadline”), then Tenant shall receive a credit of one day of Fixed Rent for each day after the Rent Credit Deadline until the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, but if such period exceeds thirty
(30) days, then such credit shall increase to two days of Fixed Rent for each day thereafter until the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, such credits to be applied when the Fixed Rent commences hereunder. The foregoing rights shall be the
Tenant’s sole remedy at law or in equity for Landlord’s failure to have the Premises ready for occupancy as required hereunder. 

For purposes hereof, the Outside Delivery Date shall be deemed to refer to that certain date which is ninety (90) days following the
Scheduled Term Commencement Date 
 Landlord and Tenant agree to resolve any disputes under this Article 3 pursuant to the provisions of
Article 3.5 hereof, unless the parties agree otherwise. 
  

	3.3	GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONSTRUCTION 

 All construction work required or
permitted by this Lease, whether by Landlord or by Tenant, shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and In compliance with all applicable laws and all lawful ordinances, regulations and orders of governmental authorities (hereafter
collectively referred to as the “Codes”), and the requirements of all insurers of the Building. Further, Landlord agrees to ensure that, as of the Commencement Date, all base building systems (i.e., HVAC, plumbing, electrical, elevators,
etc.) shall be in good order and repair. Either party may inspect the work of the other at reasonable times and shall promptly give written notice of 

  
 10 

 
observed defects, provided that any inspection or right to inspect is solely for the benefit of the party having such right, and shall not constitute a representation or warranty to the other
party or create any liability with respect to the party performing the inspection or having such right. Landlord’s obligations under Section 3.1 shall be deemed to have been performed when the Premises are deemed Ready for Occupancy except
for Punch List Items. 
  

	3.4	REPRESENTATIVES 

 Each party authorizes the other to rely in connection with their
respective rights and obligations under this Article 3 upon approval and other actions on the party’s behalf by Landlord’s Representative(s) in the case of Landlord or Tenant’s Representative in the case of Tenant or by any person
designated in substitution or addition by notice to the party relying. 
  

	3.5	ARBITRATION BY ARCHITECTS 

 Whenever there is a disagreement between the parties with
respect to construction by Landlord of Tenant’s Work, such disagreement shall be definitively determined by the following procedure: Each of Landlord and Tenant shall appoint one (1) architect, such two (2) architects will then
(within five (5) business days of their appointment) appoint a third architect licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with not less than ten (10) years experience. Each architect shall establish within ten (10) days of their
appointment the matter in dispute. In case of any dispute with respect to dollar amounts or lengths of time or dates such as the date of Substantial Completion, the dollar amount or length of time or date shall be the average of the two
(2) closest determinations by the three (3) architects, with the determination of the architect which was not closest to another architects’ determination excluded from such calculation. In case of any dispute not involving dollar
amounts or lengths of time or dates (i.e. the approval of plans) the determination by at least two (2) of the three (3) architects shall be required in order to resolve the matter in dispute. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the cost of
the architect selected by them respectively and shall share equally the cost of the third architect. During such arbitration period, the parties agree to cooperate with one another so as to proceed with construction and with their respective
obligations hereunder in a timely manner. Each determination under this Section 3.5 shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. 
  

	3.6	WARRANTY OF TENANT’S WORK 

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Lease, Landlord hereby warrants and guarantees that the Tenant’s Work shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year after the Commencement Date (or such longer period as such work or materials
may be under warranty). Upon expiration of said one (1) year period, Landlord shall assign to Tenant any and all warranties and guarantees with respect to Tenant’s Work and, to the extent that any such warranties and guarantees are not
assignable, Landlord agrees to enforce the same for the benefit of Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not be responsible to pay for any such warranties of less than one (1) year duration or

  
 11 

 
enforcement by Landlord against its own employees or against Gutierrez Construction Co., Inc., or against any of its other affiliates (including their respective employees). Landlord agrees to
repair, at its sole cost and expense, any latent defects in Landlord’s Work promptly after receipt of notice therefrom from Tenant, provided that such notice from Tenant is received by Landlord within the aforesaid one (1) year period. In
connection therewith, Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly after it becomes aware of any such latent defects. Any repairs or replacements or alterations to Tenant’s Work (Including repairs due to late defects) after said initial one
(1) year period shall be chargeable to Tenant in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4
 
 RENT 
  

	4.1	RENT 

 Tenant agrees to pay, without any offset or reduction whatever (except as
expressly set forth herein), Fixed Rent equal to 1/12th of the annual Fixed Rent (i.e. the Monthly rent) set forth in Section 1.1 hereof in equal installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month included in the Term; and for any
portion of a calendar month at the beginning or end of the Term, at the rate payable for such portion in advance prorated based on the number of days of the Term falling within such calendar month. The term “Rent” shall at all times be
used herein to mean Fixed Rent plus additional rent or other sums of money payable under this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 4.2 hereof and electricity pursuant to Exhibit “D”, Paragraph IX of Exhibit “D”).

  

	4.2	OPERATING COST ESCALATION 

 With respect to the First Fiscal Year for Tenant’s Paying Operating Cost
Escalation, or fraction thereof, and any Fiscal Year or fraction thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s share of the Operating Cost Escalation (as defined below), if any, on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s Statement (as defined below). Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year ending during the Term and after Lease
termination, Landlord shall render a statement (“Landlord’s Statement”) in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices certified by Landlord and showing for the preceding Fiscal Year or fraction thereof, as the case
may be, Landlord’s Operating Costs (as defined herein). Landlord Operating Costs shall mean the commercially reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in operating, cleaning, maintaining, managing, and repairing the Building and the Lot, 

EXCLUDING the principal, interest and amortization on mortgages for the Building, and Lot or leasehold interests therein, depreciation;
improvements made to the Building, the Lot or the Park that do not lower operating costs; and the cost of special services rendered to tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; 

  
 12 

 BUT INCLUDING, without limitation: real estate taxes on the Building and Lot; installments on
assessments for public betterments or public improvements but only to the extent of the installment required to be paid in such Fiscal Year, Landlord hereby agreeing to pay such amounts over the longest period available under applicable law,
reasonable expenses of any proceedings for abatement of taxes and assessments with respect to any Fiscal Year or fraction of a Fiscal Year; reasonable premiums for insurance; reasonable compensation and all reasonable fringe benefits for full- time
employees at the Building, workmen’s compensation, insurance premiums and payroll taxes paid by Landlord to/for or with respect to all persons engaged in the operating, maintaining, managing or cleaning of the Building and Lot, water, sewer,
gas, telephone and the electricity to operate the base building heating, ventilating, air conditioning systems, elevators and parking lot lighting, and other utility charges not billed directly to tenants by Landlord or the utility companies (the
cost for the electricity consumed by the tenant for interior lighting, plugs, equipment, supplemental air conditioning and fixtures in shall be billed monthly to Tenant by Landlord as set forth in Paragraph IX of Exhibit “D”);
measurable and market costs of building and cleaning supplies and equipment (including rental); reasonable cost of maintenance, cleaning and repairs, including without limitation the services provided in Exhibit “D” hereof; cost of snow
plowing or removal, or both, and care of landscaping; payments to independent contractors under service contracts for cleaning, operating, managing, maintaining and repairing the Building and Lot (which payments may be to affiliates of Landlord
provided the same are at reasonable rates consistent with the type of occupancy and the services rendered); the Building’s pro rata share (i.e. approximately 39.45% as hereinafter provided) of the Park-related costs (as defined below,
including, but not limited to, snow plowing, sanding, sand removal, lot sweeping, landscaping, and common area and street lighting); and all other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the operation, cleaning, maintenance,
management, and repair of the Building (including the cafeteria and fitness center located therein) and Lot, or either, and properly chargeable against income. If Landlord (i) installs a new or replacement capital item for the purposes of
(i) reducing Landlord’s Operating Costs, or (ii) is required to perform capital repairs or replacements or to install capital items in order to comply with changes in applicable law from and after the Commencement Date, the costs
thereof as reasonably amortized by Landlord over their useful life in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with legal interest (not to exceed the then “Prime Rate” published in the Wall Street Journal plus two percent
(2%) per annum) on the unamortized amount, shall be included in “Landlord’s Operating Costs”, but with respect to subsection (i) in no event may the amount included herein with respect to a Fiscal Year exceed the reasonably
projected annual reduction in Operating Costs. In such event, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s share of such amortization payment for each month after such improvement is completed until the first to occur of the expiration of the Term or the end of
the term over which such costs are required to be amortized. Landlord agrees that all of such services to be included in Landlord’s Operating Costs shall be obtained by Landlord at commercially reasonable, competitive market rates consistent
with the operation and management of comparable Class A office buildings in the suburban Boston area. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in no event shall “controllable operating expenses” included within Landlord’s Operating Costs increase by more than five percent (5%) per Lease Year, on a cumulative basis. For purposes hereof, the term “controllable
operating expenses” shall mean those Operating Costs within Landlord’s control, exercising prudent business 

  
 13 

 
practices, but shall exclude the following: (i) insurance premiums; (ii) costs incurred because of changes in applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, requirements, and codes
(“Applicable Laws”) after the Commencement Date; (iii) wages and benefits mandated by Applicable Laws or by union contracts; (iv) snow-plowing and expenses incurred as a result of acts of God; (v) the cost of utilities and
real estate taxes; and (vi) pest control. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall
Landlord’s Operating Costs include (nor shall Tenant have any obligation to pay any Operating Cost Escalation on account of) the following: 
  

	 	(a)	Costs, expenses and fees relating to solicitation of, advertising for and entering into leases and other occupancy arrangements for space in the Park, including but not limited to legal fees, space planners’ fees,
real estate brokers’ leasing commissions and advertising and marketing expenses. 

  

	 	(b)	Costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Park (or
any part thereof), costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees, disputes of Landlord with building management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants, invitees or adjacent property owners. 

 

	 	(c)	Costs of correcting defects in the Building or the Building equipment or replacing defective equipment solely to the extent such costs relate to items covered by warranties of manufacturers, suppliers or contractors or
are otherwise borne by parties other than Landlord and for which Landlord receives reimbursement, 

  

	 	(d)	Costs of installations paid by or constructed for specific tenants or other occupants. 

  

	 	(e)	Interest, points, other finance charges and principal payments on mortgages, and other costs of indebtedness, if any. 

  

	 	(f)	All amounts which are specifically charged to or otherwise paid by any other tenant or other occupant of the Building or the Park, or for items or services which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants
(other than Tenant) without reimbursement. 

  

	 	(g)	Any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss or other future expenses. 

  

	 	(h)	The salary and indirect compensation (including, without limitation, all fringe benefits, workmen’s compensation, insurance premiums and payroll taxes) of any employee above the trade of property manager, and the
wages and indirect compensation of any employee to the extent such employee devotes his or her time to property other than the Building. 

  
 14 

	 	(i)	Amounts, if any, paid as ground rental by Landlord. 

  

	 	(j)	Expenses related to third-party landlord-tenant disputes. 

  

	 	(k)	Any cost of any service or items sold or provided to tenants of the Building or Park or other occupants for such service or has been or is entitled to be reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated by parties (e.g.
easement holders) other than tenants of the Building and for which Landlord receives reimbursement. 

  

	 	(l)	The costs of repair, replacement, or restoration work occasioned by any casualty or condemnation above the deductible amount on the insurance policy. 

 

	 	(m)	Any depreciation allowance or expense, expense reserve and other non-cash items. 

  

	 	(n)	Interest or penalties due to the late payment of taxes, utility bills or other such costs, unless caused by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall be responsible for same. 

 

	 	(o)	Any amount payable by Landlord by way of indemnity or for damages or which constitute a fine or penalty, including interest or penalties for late payment, unless caused by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall be
responsible for same. 

  

	 	(p)	Costs incurred to maintain the structural integrity of the Building, except if caused by the Tenant as set forth in Section 5.1.3 hereof. 

 

	 	(q)	Costs incurred in connection with the making of repairs or replacements which are the obligation of another tenant or occupant of the Building; 

 

	 	(r)	Federal and state income taxes, excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock tax, inheritance and succession taxes, profit, use, occupancy, gross receipts, rental, capital gains, capital stocks
income and transfer taxes imposed upon Landlord or the Park, estate taxes and any other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income; 

  

	 	(s)	costs of any utility or other service used or consumed in the premises leased or leasable to any tenant or occupant, if Tenant’s use or consumption of such utility or other services is separately metered or
sub-metered at the Premises; 

  

	 	(t)	costs of any additions to or expansions of the Park or the Building; 

  

	 	(u)	expenditures for capital improvements or replacement except as expressly permitted above; 

  
 15 

	 	(v)	special assessments levied against the Park for any public improvements required to be undertaken by a governmental authority which would normally have been constructed by Landlord as part of the initial construction of
the Park; 

  

	 	(w)	the cost to make improvements, alterations and additions to the Building or the Lot which are required in order to render the same in compliance with laws, rules, orders regulations and/or directives existing as of the
date of this Lease; 

  

	 	(x)	the cost of environmental monitoring, compliance, testing and remediation performed in, on, about and around the Building or the Lot to the extent that such costs are caused by the negligent actions of Landlord or its
employees or contractors; 

  

	 	(y)	any costs or expense related to vacant space; 

  

	 	(z)	amounts paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services rendered to the Property to the extent such amounts exceed the competitive costs for delivery of such services were they not provided by such related
parties; 

  

	 	(aa)	management fees in excess of five percent (5%) of gross rents; 

  

	 	(bb)	any cost arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions; and 

  

	 	(cc)	any other expenses which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, would not customarily be treated as Operating Costs by lessors of comparable buildings. 

In the event that the average occupancy rate for the Building is less than ninety-five (95%) percent for any Fiscal Year (including
Fiscal Year 2011), then for purposes of calculating Operating Costs, the Operating Costs for such Fiscal Year shall be increased by the additional costs and expenses that Landlord reasonably and in good faith estimates would have been incurred if
the average occupancy rate had been ninety-five (95%) percent for such Fiscal Year. It is not the intent of this provision to permit Landlord to charge Tenant for any Operating Costs attributable to unoccupied space, or to seek reimbursement
from Tenant for costs Landlord never incurred. Rather, the intent of this provision is to allow Landlord to recover only those increases in Operating Costs properly attributable to occupied space in the Building and this provision is designed to
calculate the actual cost of providing a variable operating expense service to the portions of the Building receiving such service. This “gross-up” treatment shall be applied only with respect to Operating Costs which vary based on
level of occupancy. In case of services which are not rendered to all areas of the Building on a comparable basis, the proportion allocable to the Premises shall be the same proportion which the Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space bears to
the total rentable floor area to which such service is so rendered (such latter to be determined in the same manner as the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building), or shall be re-allocated by Landlord on a reasonable basis taking into
consideration such factors as usage of a particular tenant in the Park and/or such other pertinent factors as reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible to pay its share of the Operating Cost Escalation based

  
 16 

 
upon the proportion that the Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building (i.e. 26.85%), but any elements of Operating Costs which relate to
elements of the Park other than the Building and the Lot (“Park-related costs”), shall be allocated by Landlord in a commercially reasonable manner based upon the following: upon the ratio of the square footage of the Premises to the
aggregate square footage of all completed buildings in the Park (e.g. 460,588 RSF), as such buildings are completed from time to time (i.e. the Building’s current share of Park-related costs is approximately 39.45%). In no event shall
Park-related costs include costs which do not relate to a service or amenity which has a benefit to the Building or which relate exclusively to another Building or Lot in the Park. As of this date, the Park consists of approximately 460,588 RSF,
specifically consisting of the following: 
  

			
	 One Wall Street:
		192,000 RSF
	 Two and Ten Wall Street (Retail):
		34,908 RSF
	 Twenty Wall Street:
		52,000 RSF
	 Five Wall Street:
		181,680 RSF
		
	 Total:
		460,588 RSF

 “Operating Cost Escalation” shall be equal to the difference for each Fiscal Year, if any, between:

  

	 	(a)	the product of Landlord’s Operating Costs per rentable square foot as indicated in Landlord’s Statement times the Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space; and 

 

	 	(b)	the product of the Base Operating Costs per rentable square foot times the Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Space. 

If, with respect to any Fiscal Year or fraction thereof during the Term, Tenant is obligated to pay Operating Cost Escalation, then Tenant
shall pay, as additional rent, on the first day of each month of each ensuing Fiscal Year thereafter, until Landlord’s Statement for an ensuing Fiscal Year reflects that Tenant is not obligated to pay Operating Cost Escalation, “Estimated
Monthly Escalation Payments” equal to 1/12th of the annualized Operating Cost Escalation for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year. Estimated Monthly Escalation Payments for each ensuing Fiscal Year shall be made retroactively from the first
day of such Fiscal Year and on account of the payment to be made pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 4.2 for such Fiscal Year, with an appropriate additional payment or refund to be made at the time such payment is due for the
previous year. 
 The term “Fiscal Year” as used in this Article shall mean the period of twelve (12) consecutive months
commencing on January 1st and ending on December 31st. 

The term “real estate taxes”, as used above shall mean all taxes of every kind and nature assessed by any governmental authority on
the Lot, the Building and improvements, or both, and in the common areas of the Park, which the Landlord shall pay during a Fiscal Year because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Lot, the Building and

  
 17 

 
improvements, or both, and the Park, subject to the following: there shall be excluded for such taxes all income taxes, excess profits taxes, excise taxes, franchise taxes, gift, estate,
succession, inheritance and transfer taxes, provided, however, that if at any time during the Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real
property, there shall be assessed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Lot, Building and improvements, or both, a federal, state, county, municipal, or other local income, franchise, excise or
similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect) measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so measured or based, shall
be deemed to be included within the term “real estate taxes”. 
 If the total of the monthly payments paid by Tenant with respect
to any Fiscal Year exceeds the actual Operating Cost Escalation for such Fiscal Year, then, such excess shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Fiscal Year in question. 

Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contest (or request that Landlord so contest on behalf of all tenants of the Building)
in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued the imposition or amount of any real estate taxes assessed against the Lot or the Building or such personal property taxes payable by it hereunder, including the right on behalf of, and in
the name of the Landlord, to seek abatements thereto. The Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at Tenant’s sole, expense, in any such contest or abatement proceedings. In the event that Tenant determines not to contest such taxes
and Landlord desires to file such contest (or Tenant requests that Landlord file such contest), Landlord shall give written notice of that fact to all affected tenants, including Tenant, and shall have the sole right as to such tax bill to contest
in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued the imposition or amount of any real estate taxes assessed against the Lot or the Building or such other taxes payable by Tenant hereunder, including the right to seek abatements thereto.
In such event, the Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, in any such contest or abatement proceedings. Landlord shall also reasonably cooperate and assist Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, in procuring any applicable
tax credits or incentives. 
 If Landlord shall receive on behalf of the Lot or the Building a rebate or abatement on any tax with respect
to which a payment is made by Tenant, then after deducting therefrom any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in obtaining such rebate or abatement (unless previously included in Operating Costs for such year), all of such net rebate or abatement
relating to the Lot or the Building shall be returned to Tenant to the extent that such rebate or abatement relates to payment made by the Tenant and not reimbursed by Landlord. If Tenant shall receive on behalf of the Lot or the Building a rebate
or abatement on any tax with respect to which a payment is made by Tenant, then after deducting therefrom any costs reasonably incurred by Tenant in obtaining such rebate or abatement, all of such net rebate or abatement related to the Lot, the
Building or to personal property taxes assessed against the Tenant’s property shall be retained by Tenant, as its sole property, to the extent such rebate or abatement relates to a payment made by Tenant and not reimbursed by Landlord. The
remaining portion of such net rebate or abatement shall promptly be returned to Landlord. 

  
 18 

 In the event that Landlord receives a refund on account of real estate taxes after the expiration
of the Term, which refund relates to a Fiscal Year during the Term the amount of such refund fairly allocable to Tenant shall be refunded to Tenant by Landlord within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such refund. All references to real estate
taxes “for” a particular Fiscal Year shall be deemed to refer to real estate taxes due and payable during such Fiscal Year without regard to when such impositions are assessed or levied. 

All records pertaining to Landlord’s Operating Costs hereunder shall be maintained by the Landlord for a period of three (3) years
following the expiration of the Fiscal Year to which such records relate. Tenant shall have the right, through its representatives, to examine, copy and audit such records at reasonable times, but no more than once per Fiscal Year, upon not less
than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord given within one hundred and eighty (180) days of receipt of Landlord’s Statement, otherwise Tenant’s right to dispute such charges shall be waived. Such records shall be
maintained at Landlord’s Address set forth in Section 1.1, or such other place within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as Landlord shall designate from time to time for the keeping of such records. The costs of such audits shall be borne
by Tenant; provided, however, that if such audit establishes that the actual Operating Cost Escalation for the Fiscal Year in question is less than the Landlord’s final determination of the Operating Cost Escalation as set forth in the
Landlord’s Statement submitted to Tenant by at least five percent (5%) (and so long as the discrepancy amount exceeds $5,000.00), then Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of such audit (not to exceed $5,000.00). If, as a result of such
audit, it is determined that Tenant must, pay additional amounts to Landlord on account of the Operating Cost Escalation, or that Tenant has overpaid Landlord on account of the Operating Cost Escalation, then the undercharged or overpaid party shall
reimburse the other party for the payment due within thirty (30) days of the final determination. 
 Notwithstanding anything contained
in this Lease to the contrary, the responsibility for the payment of all real estate taxes with respect to the Building and the Park shall be upon the Landlord and the Landlord agrees to pay the same as required by law. Landlord shall provide Tenant
with copies of all tax bills and a computation of Tenant’s pro rata share thereof, as aforesaid. In the event that any special assessments are assessed and payable, Tenant’s pro rata share of the same shall be calculated as if such
assessments were being paid by Landlord over the longest period of time permitted by applicable law. 
 Landlord shall have the right from
time to time to change the periods of accounting under this Section 4.2 to any annual period other than the Fiscal Year and upon any such change all items referred to in this Section shall be appropriately apportioned and no such change may
result in Tenant paying any more hereunder that would have been due from Tenant in the absence of such change. In all Landlord’s Statements, rendered under this Section, amounts for periods partially within and partially without the accounting
periods shall be appropriately apportioned, and any items which are not determinable at the time of a Landlord’s Statement shall be included therein on the basis of Landlord’s best good faith estimate, and with respect thereto Landlord
shall render promptly after determination a supplemental Landlord Statement, and appropriate adjustment shall be made according thereto. All Landlord’s Statements shall be prepared on an accrual basis of accounting. 

  
 19 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.2, if the Term expires or is
terminated as of a date other than the last day of a Fiscal Year at the end of the Term, Tenant’s last payment to Landlord under this Section 4.2 shall be made on the basis of Landlord’s best good faith estimate of the items otherwise
includable in Landlord’s Statement and shall be made on or before the later of (a) twenty (20) business days after Landlord delivers such estimate to Tenant, or (b) the last day of the Term, with an appropriate payment or refund
to be made upon submission of Landlord’s Statement. Without limitation, the obligation of Tenant to pay the Operating Cost Escalation with respect to any Fiscal Year during the Term (or portion thereof) or the Landlord’s obligation to make
a refund therefore, as applicable, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term for a period of one year. 
  

	4.3	PAYMENTS 

 All payments of Fixed Rent and additional rent shall be made to Managing
Agent, or to such other person as Landlord may from time to time designate by written notice to Tenant. If any installment of rent, fixed or additional, or on account of leasehold improvements is paid after the due date thereof, at Landlord’s
election, it shall bear interest at the rate equal to twelve percent (12%) per annum from such due date, which interest shall be immediately due and payable as further additional rent; provided, however, Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees
that Tenant shall have two (2) grace periods of an additional five (5) business days per each calendar year of the Term before which such interest shall be charged by Landlord. 

ARTICLE 5 
 LANDLORD’S
COVENANTS 
  

	5.1	LANDLORD’S COVENANTS DURING THE TERM 

 Landlord covenants during the Term: 

5.1.1 Building Services - To furnish, through Landlord’s employees or independent contractors, the services listed in Exhibit
“D” (which are common services provided to all tenants of the Building); 
 5.1.2 Additional Building Services - To
furnish, through Landlord’s employees or independent contractors, reasonable additional Building operation services upon reasonable advance request of Tenant at reasonable and competitive rates from time to time established by Landlord to be
paid by Tenant; 
 5.1.3 Repairs - Except as otherwise provided in Article 7, except as resulting from settling or sagging within
standard engineering tolerance (provided that the settling or sagging does not affect the surface or structural integrity of the Building or in any way materially affect the ordinary and customary use of the Premises, or any part thereof by Tenant),
Landlord shall maintain the structural integrity of the Building, including, without limitation, the roof and roofing system, foundation, loading bearing and exterior walls, including windows. Landlord

  
 20 

 
shall also be responsible for (i) all exterior maintenance, repairs and replacements necessary to keep in good condition and working order all common areas of the Park, and the trees,
shrubs, plants, landscaping, parking areas, driveways and walkways on the Lot or elsewhere in the Park, including but not limited to, all lighting and other fixtures and equipment serving such parking areas, driveways and walkways,
(ii) providing the services and performing the maintenance work set forth in Section 4.2 and Article 7 hereof, and (iii) performing necessary repairs and replacements to maintain the watertight integrity of the Building, including but
not limited to the roof, exterior wall, windows and skylights. Landlord shall also maintain, repair and replace the HVAC, life/safety, plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment in the Building, such that it shall be in good operating condition
throughout the Term, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Landlord shall make all of such repairs and replacements necessary to maintain the foregoing in good working order comparable other first class buildings in the Burlington Area and in
compliance with all laws and all costs and expenses under this Section 5.1.3 shall constitute Operating Costs to the extent provided by to the provisions of Section 4.2, except that Landlord shall be responsible at its sole cost and
expense (except if relating to Tenant’s negligence and misuse, in which case the same shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense, subject to Section 10.13), to repair, maintain and replace throughout the Term the Building structure,
including the footings, foundation and columns. All other repairs and maintenance reasonably required within the Premises, except as specifically otherwise provided for herein, shall be the responsibility of Tenant. 

In the event that Tenant gives notice to Landlord of a condition which Tenant believes requires Landlord’s repairs or a condition which,
if left uncorrected, will necessitate Landlord’s repair, then, in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.1.3, Landlord shall respond promptly to investigate such condition, and, if such repairs are Landlord’s obligation
hereunder, Landlord shall commence promptly to repair same and to diligently complete said repair. Tenant agrees during the Term to provide Landlord notice as soon as reasonably possible of any condition within the Premises known to Tenant which
might require, or if left uncorrected will necessitate, Landlord’s repair pursuant to this Section 5.1.3. Tenant shall have the right to require, at reasonable times and with reasonable advance notice, a representative of Landlord to
inspect the Premises for repairs which may be the responsibility of Landlord; 
 5.1.4 Quiet Enjoyment - That Landlord has the right
to make this Lease and that Tenant, provided there is then no uncured Event of Default hereunder, shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises throughout the Term without any manner of hindrance or molestation from Landlord or
anyone claiming under Landlord, subject, however, to all the terms and provisions hereof; 
 5.1.5 Landlord’s Insurance -
Beginning with the commencement of Landlord’s Work and thereafter throughout the Term, Landlord shall purchase and keep in force, broad-form commercial general liability insurance, or the equivalent then-customary form providing comparable
coverages, written out on an occurrence basis containing provisions adequate to protect the Landlord from and against claims for bodily injury, including death and personal injury and claims for property damage occurring within the Park and/or the
Building, such insurance having body injury and property damage combined limits of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence increased as necessary so as to be at least comparable with

  
 21 

 
other Class A buildings in the area that are equivalent to the Building and customarily carried by other landlords similarly situated as Landlord. In addition, Landlord shall procure and
continue in force during the Term, as the same may be extended hereunder, fire and extended coverage insurance, including vandalism, sprinkler leakage and malicious mischief, upon the Building on a full replacement cost basis, agreed cost value
endorsement with agreed values for the Building and tenant improvements initially installed by Landlord (i.e. Tenant’s Work), as determined annually by the Landlord’s insurer. Landlord shall also procure and continue in force during the
Term, as the same may be extended hereunder, rental interception insurance for twelve (12) months or the maximum amounts permitted. Copies of certificates of insurance evidencing the foregoing shall be furnished to Tenant prior to Commencement
Date. All insurance required of Landlord pursuant to this Section, shall be effected under policies issued by insurers or recognized responsibility (which are rated A or A+ by Best’s Rating Service or a comparable rating by an equivalent
service). The coverages required by this Section 5.1.5 may be provided by a single “package policy” or by a combination of “package policy” and umbrella; 

5.1.6 Landlord’s Workmen’s Compensation Insurance - To keep all Landlord’s employees working in the Premises covered by
workmen’s compensation insurance in statutory amounts; 
 5.1.7 Landlord’s Indemnity - Landlord covenants and agrees to
defend, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant, save harmless and indemnify Tenant from any liability for injury; loss, accident or damage to any person or property on the Premises, in the Building or the Lot, or elsewhere in the Park, and
from any claims, actions, proceedings and expenses and costs in connection therewith (including, without implied limitation, reasonable counsel fees), to the extent arising from the negligent acts, omissions and/or or willful acts of Landlord, its
agents, employees, contractors or licensees, to the extent not caused by the negligent acts, omissions and/or willful acts of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or licensees. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to indemnify Tenant for
any willful or negligent act or omission of Tenant or of any of its employees, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any indirect, consequential,
special, exemplary, incidental or punitive damages arising from or relating to this Lease. In addition, Landlord shall pay all reasonable costs and fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the successful enforcement by Tenant of any obligations of
Landlord under this Lease. The covenants and indemnifications set forth in this Section 5.1.7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; 

5.1.8 Hazardous Materials - Landlord represents and warrants that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, after due inquiry as of
the date of this Lease and as of the Commencement Date, that the Premises and rest of the Building do not contain any Hazardous Materials (as defined herein), except as may be contained in customary cleaning supplies or in such other related
construction supplies (e.g. paint); and 
 5.1.9 Tenant’s Costs - In case Tenant shall, without any fault on its part, be made
party to any litigation commenced by or .against Landlord or by or against any parties in possession of the Building or any part thereof claiming under Landlord, to pay all costs including, without implied limitation, reasonable counsel fees
incurred by or imposed upon Tenant in connection 

  
 22 

 
with such litigation and as additional rent, also to pay all such costs and fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the successful enforcement by Tenant of any obligations of Landlord under
this Lease. 
  

	5.2	INTERRUPTIONS 

 Except to the extent caused by, or arising out of, the negligence or
willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, and subject to Section 10.13, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business
arising from power losses or shortages or from the necessity of Landlord’s entering the Premises for any of the purposes in this Lease authorized, or for repairing the Premises or any portion of the Building or Lot. In case Landlord is
prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any service or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord’s part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord’s control,
Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefore, nor, except as expressly otherwise provided below or in Article 7, shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. 

Notwithstanding any terms of this Lease to the contrary, if any Building service is interrupted for a period of four (4) business days
due to the negligence or willful acts of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, contractors or subcontractors (and not due to acts or failure to act by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors or subcontractors), and such failure
adversely and materially effects Tenant’s use of the Premises for Tenant’s normal business operations, then there shall be an abatement on a square footage prorata basis of Fixed Rent and additional rent from and after said time period,
until such services are restored. Landlord agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to restore such services as soon as reasonably possible. In no event shall Tenant have any abatement or termination right if any such interruption is due to
the actions of Tenant or its employees or agents as aforesaid. 
 Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system when
necessary by reason of accident or emergency or until necessary repairs have been completed. Except in case of emergency repairs, Landlord will give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to
avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by reason thereof such as conducting the same outside the regular business hours of Tenant. 

Except as set forth herein and in Article 7, the foregoing rights shall be Tenant’s sole remedy at law or in equity for the interruptions
described in this Section 5.2. 

  
 23 

 ARTICLE 6 

TENANT’S COVENANTS 
  

	6.1	TENANT’S COVENANTS DURING THE TERM 

 Tenant covenants during the Term and such
further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises: 
 6.1.1 Tenant’s Payments - Except during Tenant’s early entry
pursuant to Section 3.2 above, to pay when due (a) all Fixed Rent and additional rent, (b); all taxes which may be imposed on Tenant’s personal property in the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s furniture, fixtures
and equipment) regardless to whomever assessed, unless there is an uncured, continuing Event of Default of this Lease, at which time Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of any taxes associated therewith, (c) all charges by public
utility for telephone and other utility services (including service inspections therefore and the charges as may be imposed pursuant to Exhibit “D” hereof) rendered to the Premises not otherwise required hereunder to be furnished by
Landlord without charge and not consumed in connection with any services required to be furnished by Landlord without charge; 
 6.1.2
Repairs and Yielding Up - Except as otherwise provided in Article 7 and Section 5.1.3, to keep the Premises in substantially the same order, repair and condition as exists on the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear and damage by
fire, casually or act of God, the effect of eminent domain and Hazardous Materials not stored, used, released or disposed of by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees only excepted, and at the expiration or termination of this Lease
peaceably to yield up the Premises and all changes and additions therein after initial construction and as designated by Landlord pursuant to its right to do so as Improvements to be removed on termination in such order, repair and condition, first
removing all goods and effects of Tenant and any items, the removal of which is required by Section 3.1 above or specified to be removed at Tenant’s election and which Tenant elects to remove, and repairing all damage caused by such
removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them clean and neat; any property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned and may, upon ten (10) business days’ prior written notice to Tenant, be removed and disposed of by Landlord, in such
manner as Landlord shall determine, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the entire cost and expense incurred by it by effecting such removal and disposition; it being agreed that the acceptance of reasonable use and wear shall not apply so as to permit
Tenant to keep the Premises in anything less than suitable, tenantable and usable condition, considering the nature of the Premises and the use reasonably made thereof, or in less than good and tenantable repair; for avoidance of doubt, Landlord
acknowledges that the original buildout of the Premises shall not be deemed improvements that must be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term; 

6.1.3 Occupancy and Use - To use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses; and not to injure or deface the Premises, Building or Lot or
Park; and not to permit in the Premises any auction sale, nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any reasonably objectionable noise or odor; nor any use thereof which is contrary to law or ordinances, or invalidates or increases the premiums
for any insurance on the Building or its contents or liable to render necessary any 

  
 24 

 
alteration or addition to the Building unless Tenant agrees to pay the cost of the increased premiums or required alteration or addition (it being agreed that use for the Permitted Uses does not
violate the foregoing); 
 6.1.4 Rules and Regulations - To comply with the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit “E”
and all other reasonable Rules and Regulations hereafter made by Landlord, of which Tenant has been given notice, for the use of the Building, Lot and Park and their facilities and approaches, it being understood that Landlord shall not be liable to
Tenant for the failure of other tenants of the Building or Park to conform to such Rules and Regulations, provided that Landlord enforces such rules against all tenants of the Building in a non-discriminatory fashion; 

6.1.5 Compliance with Laws and Safety Appliances - To keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law or
ordinance or any other regulation of any public authority because of any particular manner of use made by Tenant other than Tenant’s Permitted Use and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of such use, it being understood that
the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way Tenant’s Permitted Uses. Tenant shall have the right, upon giving notice to the Landlord, to contest any obligation imposed upon it pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 6.1.5, and provided the enforcement of such requirement or law is stayed during such contest and such contest will not subject the Landlord to penalty or jeopardize the title to the Premises or otherwise affect the Premises in any
adverse way. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in such contest and shall execute any documents reasonably required in the furtherance of such purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other contrary provision set forth in this Lease, Tenant
shall not be required to construct or pay the cost of complying with any private restrictions, laws or insurance underwriter’s requirements requiring construction of improvements to the Premises or to any other portion of the Building, unless
such compliance is necessitated solely because of Tenant’s particular and unique use of the Premises or any alterations to the Premises made by or for Tenant (other than as part of Landlord’s Work); 

6.1.6 Assignment and Subletting - Tenant shall have the right, subject to the requirement of obtaining Landlord’s prior written
consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, to assign this Lease or sublet the whole or any portion of the Premises, which assignment or sublease shall be only for the Permitted Uses, it being
understood that Tenant shall, as additional rent, reimburse Landlord promptly for reasonable legal and other out of pocket expenses incurred by Landlord (or its mortgagee) (not to exceed $500.00 per request) in connection with any request by Tenant
for consent to assignment or subletting. No assignment or subletting shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several with the assignee). Such consent by Landlord to any of the
foregoing in a specific instance shall be reasonable and subject to the provisions hereinafter provided. Landlord’s consent shall not be treated as having been withheld unreasonably if, in connection with any such proposed assignment or
subletting: (i) the terms of the proposed assignment or subletting do not prohibit further assignments of the Lease or subletting of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord, the granting of which consent shall be subject to the
terms and conditions hereof, and in any event shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (ii) in connection with an assignment of this Lease, the assignee does not agree directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form
reasonably satisfactory to 

  
 25 

 
Landlord, to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant thereafter arising hereunder including, without limitation, the covenant against further assignment and subletting without the written
consent of Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing is not intended to be an exclusive list of the reasons for which Landlord may reasonably withhold consent to a
proposed request by Tenant for consent to assignment or subletting. No consent to any of the foregoing in a specific instance shall operate as waiver in any subsequent instance. If an assignment or subletting is proposed to be made and
Landlord’s consent is required as hereinabove provided, Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice of such proposal, which such notice shall include such information (including creditworthiness information) as Landlord may reasonably request
relative to facts which would bear upon the factors entering into the determination whether Landlord’s approval is to be granted, provided Landlord requests such information within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice from Tenant.
Landlord shall respond to a request for consent within ten (10) days of Tenant’s request for consent. 
 Notwithstanding any
provision contained in this Lease to the contrary, no consent of Landlord (or Landlord’s mortgagee) shall be required for A) the occupancy (including any assignment or subletting as hereinafter provided) of the Premises by any entity
controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant from time to time (an “Affiliate”), including, without limitation, Jones & Bartlett Learning, or B) the assignment of this Lease or the subletting of any portion (or
the whole) of the Premises, (i) to an Affiliate of Tenant, (ii) to a corporation or other entity into or with which Tenant has merged, been reorganized or been consolidated or to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are
transferred, (iii) to any corporation or other entity with which Tenant is otherwise affiliated (all of the foregoing hereinafter sometimes collectively shall be referred to as “Permitted Transfers”, and any person to whom any
Permitted Transfer is made hereinafter sometimes shall be referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”). In any event, the following conditions shall apply: (x) the Security posted pursuant to Article 11 hereof shall remain in place;
(y) such Permitted Transferee agrees directly with Landlord by written instrument to be bound by all of the obligations of Tenant thereafter arising hereunder, and (z) such Permitted Transferee under subsection (ii) shall have a net
worth of at least equal to or greater than that of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, reorganization or transfer of assets; and in the event of any such assignment or subletting for which no consent by Landlord is required hereunder, Tenant
shall not be obligated to share Rent Differential as hereinafter set forth. 
 If this Lease shall be assigned, or if the Premises or any
part hereof shall be sublet or occupied by any person other than Tenant, Landlord may, at any time and from time to time, following an uncured, continuing Event of Default, collect rent (or any amounts due to Landlord hereunder) from the assignee,
subtenant or occupant (other than an Affiliate) and apply the net amount collected to the annual Fixed Rent, additional rent and all other charges herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver
of the provisions of this Section 6.1.6, or acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be
performed. In such event, after deducting Landlord’s share of the Rent Differential, equitably determined on a monthly basis, if applicable as hereinafter provided, Landlord agrees to remit to Tenant any excess on a month to month basis. 

  
 26 

 If Landlord’s approval of a sublease or assignment is necessary and Landlord approves a
sublease or assignment, and said sublease or assignment is for a total rental amount which on an annualized basis is greater than the Fixed Rent and additional rent due from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord,
forthwith upon Tenant’s receipt of each installment of such excess rent, during the term of any approved sublease or assignment, as additional rent hereunder, in addition to the Fixed Rent and other payments due under this Lease, an amount
equal to fifty percent (50%) of the positive excess between all Fixed Rent and additional rent received by Tenant under the sublease or assignment and the Fixed Rent and the additional rent due hereunder after Tenant has recouped, in full, its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses with respect to such sublease or assignment, including without limitation, reasonable real estate brokerage commissions, utilities expenses, reasonable legal fees, reasonable free rent, reasonable marketing costs
and the reasonable costs of refurbishment of the Premises for such sublease or assignment (the “Rent Differential”). The Rent Differential shall not include the sales or rental proceeds received by Tenant in connection with the sale or
lease of its personal property to a proposed transferee. In the event the sublease is for less than the full Premises hereunder, the rent payable by Tenant shall be proportionately adjusted in determining the excess (but all expenses to be recouped
will be deducted) pro rated on a square foot basis. Anything contained in the foregoing provisions of this section to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Tenant nor any other person having interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization
of the Premises shall enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based, in whole
or primarily on the net income or profits derived by any person from the Premises leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and any such purported lease, sublease,
license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises; 

6.1.7 Indemnity - To defend, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, save harmless, and indemnify Landlord from and against any
liability, claims, actions, proceedings and expenses and costs in connection therewith (including, without implied limitation, reasonable counsel fees) with respect to injury, loss, accident or damage to any person or property occurring on the
Premises, in the Building or the Lot, or elsewhere in the Park, (i) to the extent arising from the negligent acts, omissions and/or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, subtenants, assignees,
licensees or invitees, to the extent not caused by the negligent acts, omissions and/or willful acts of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees or (ii) resulting from the failure of Tenant to perform and discharge its covenants
and obligations under this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be obligated to indemnify Landlord for any willful or negligent act or omission of Landlord or of any of Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors or licensees. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any indirect, consequential, special, exemplary, incidental or punitive damages arising from or relating to this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall pay
Landlord all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement by Landlord of any obligations of 

  
 27 

 
Tenant under this Lease. The covenants and indemnifications set forth in this Section 6.1.7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; 

6.1.8 Tenant’s Liability Insurance - To maintain public liability insurance in the Premises in amounts which shall, at the
beginning of the Term, be at least equal to the limits set forth in Section 1.1 and, not more than two times during the Term, shall be for such higher limits, if any, as are customarily carried in the area in which the Premises are located on
property similar to the Premises and used for similar purposes and to furnish Landlord (and/or its mortgagees) with the certificates thereof, prior to occupancy hereunder, evidencing such coverage and providing that the insurance indicated therein
shall not be cancelled without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Landlord and its mortgagee shall be named as additional insureds on any such policies; 

6.1.9 Tenant’s Workmen’s Compensation Insurance - To keep all Tenant’s employees working in the Premises covered by
workmen’s compensation insurance in statutory amounts; 
 6.1.10 Landlord’s Right of Entry - Upon not less than twenty four
(24) hours notice or other reasonable notice and during regular business hours (except in the event of an emergency), to permit Landlord and Landlord’s agents entry; to examine the Premises at reasonable times and, if Landlord shall so
elect and is otherwise permitted hereunder, to make repairs or replacements; to remove, at Tenant’s expense, any changes, additions, signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials, flagpoles, or the like not consented to in writing; and to
show the Premises to prospective tenants during the twelve (12) months preceding expiration of the Term and to prospective purchasers and mortgagees at all reasonable times. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any
entry by Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall not interfere with Tenant’s daily operations and shall comply with Tenant’s reasonable security procedures, and Tenant shall have the right to have an employee accompany Landlord and/or
its agents at all times that Landlord and/or its agents are present on the Premises; 
 6.1.11 Loading - Except with Landlord’s
prior written consent, not to place a load upon the Premises exceeding an average rate of one hundred (100) pounds of live load per square foot of floor area; and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in, about or out of the
Premises except in such a manner and at such times as Landlord reasonably shall in each instance approve; Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to
any other leased space in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant in settings of cork, rubber, spring, or other types of vibration eliminators sufficient to eliminate such vibration or noise; 

6.1.12 Landlord’s Costs - In case Landlord shall, without any fault on its part, be made party to any litigation commenced by or
against Tenant or by or against any parties in possession of the Premises or any part thereof claiming under Tenant, to pay, as additional rent, all costs including, without implied limitation, reasonable counsel fees incurred by or imposed upon
Landlord in connection with such litigation and as additional rent, also to pay all such costs and fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement by Landlord of any obligations of Tenant under this Lease;

  
 28 

 6.1.13 Tenant’s Property - All the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and
property of every kind, nature and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be on the
Premises or elsewhere in the Building or on the Lot or elsewhere in the Park shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the leakage or
bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft, or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or to be borne by Landlord except to the extent arising from Landlord willful act or negligence, or that of
its agents, employees or contractors, as required by law; 
 6.1.14 Labor or Materialmen’s Liens - To pay promptly when due the
entire cost of any work done on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, or independent contractors; not to cause or permit any liens for labor or material performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to the Premises; and
immediately to discharge any such liens which may so attach within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice of such attachment; 

6.1.15 Changes or Additions - Except in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Work hereunder, not to make any material
changes or additions to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, from time to time, at its own cost and
expense and without the consent of Landlord, make non-structural alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, so long as they do not materially adversely affect any of the mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems or life safety systems
of the Building or otherwise require Landlord unusual expense to readjust the Premises to normal office use on the Term Expiration Date (collectively herein called “Alterations”) whose cost in any one instance is Fifty Thousand Dollars
($50,000.00) or less, provided that Tenant first notifies Landlord in writing of any such Alterations and satisfies any reasonable requirements of Landlord’s with respect to insurance. If Tenant desires to make any Alterations costing in excess
of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in any one instance or any other alteration, including any structural alteration or alteration affecting any of the mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems of the Building or life safety systems, Tenant must
first obtain the consent of Landlord thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord reasonably concludes that the alterations (including Alterations) involve any construction, alterations or additions
requiring unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal office use on the Term Expiration Date, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing at the time of approval that such re-adaptation will be required to be made by Tenant prior to such Term
Expiration Date without expense to Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably require removal in the event an alteration is substantially similar (functionally and quality wise) of the item so being replaced. Tenant shall have no obligation to remove
an alteration at the end of the Term, unless Landlord notifies Tenant it will require removal of the same at the end of the Term at the time of its consent thereto. 

Any and all alterations, including but not limited to the Alterations (but excluding Alterations not requiring Landlord consent), shall be
performed by GCCI at cost plus a profit equal to six percent (6%) of the aggregate cost so long as the cost is comparable to the then 

  
 29 

 
market cost consistent with other similarly situated first-class buildings in the area of the Building, unless Landlord elects not to so perform the same in which event such Alterations shall be
done by any contractor chosen by Tenant provided any such contractor is reputable, bondable by reputable bonding companies, carries the kind of insurance and in the amounts set forth herein, and will work in harmony with Landlord’s contractors
and laborers in the Building. Landlord agrees to employ an “open book” policy with respect to bidding all work requested by Tenant hereunder, including Tenant’s right to review all of such bids. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such
bonding is required for interior, non-structural, non-roof, non-mechanical Alterations. 
 Tenant in making any alterations, including
Alterations if applicable (i.e. GCCI does not elect to perform the same as aforesaid), shall cause all work to be done in a good and workmanlike manner using all new materials substantially equal to or better than those used in the construction of
the Premises and shall comply with or cause compliance with all laws and with any direction given by any public officer pursuant to law and Landlord’s standard consistent with other similarly situated Class A buildings in the area in which
the Building is located. Tenant shall obtain or cause to be obtained and maintain in effect, as necessary, all building permits, licenses, temporary and permanent certificates of occupancy and other governmental approvals which may be required in
connection with the making of the alterations, including the Alterations. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in the obtaining thereof and shall execute any documents reasonably required in furtherance of such purpose, provided any such cooperation
shall be without expense and/or liability to Landlord, unless Landlord elects to have GCCI perform the same (subject to the foregoing requirement that the cost be consistent with the then market cost and that Landlord provide Tenant with an
“open book” review of all bidding) in which event it agrees to cause GCCI to comply with the foregoing provisions, including the obligation of GCCI to use all new materials in connection with any construction hereunder, and other
provisions set forth herein applicable to Tenant’s contractor. 
 At least annually if such Alterations or any other alterations
hereunder have occurred during the past calendar year (other than cosmetic alterations), Tenant shall furnish to Landlord as-built sepias and, if applicable, operating manuals, or, at Landlord’s option and only if Tenant’s computer system
is compatible with that of Landlord’s, computer disk specifications compatible, with Landlord’s computer system of the work done by Tenant during such past year and copies of all permits issued in connection therewith. 

Tenant shall have its contractor(s) procure and maintain in effect during the term of such alterations, including Alterations, reasonably
satisfactory insurance coverages (including without limitation OCP coverage, if applicable) with an insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall, upon Landlord’s request, furnish
Landlord with certificates thereof; 
 6.1.16 Holdover - To pay to Landlord an amount equal to one hundred and fifty percent
(150%) of the Fixed Rent and additional rent then applicable for the first thirty (30) days of holdover by Tenant and thereafter twice (i.e. 200%) of the Fixed Rent and additional rent then applicable for each month or portion thereof if
Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, and 

  
 30 

 
also to pay all damages sustained by Landlord on account thereof (except that no damages, including consequential damages, shall be due from Tenant for any holdover by Tenant lasting thirty
(30) days or less); the provisions of this subsection shall not operate as a waiver by Landlord of any right of re-entry provided in this Lease; 

6.1.17 Hazardous Materials - Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or authorize the escape, disposal or release of
any Hazardous Materials onto, in or under the Premises, the Lot or Park, except in accordance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such substances or materials in any manner not
sanctioned by law or by the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or materials, nor allow to be brought into the Premises any such materials or substances except to use in the ordinary course of
Tenant’s business. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant’s use of ordinary office and cleaning products in amounts reasonably necessary for Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises. Without limitation, “Hazardous Materials” shall
include those hazardous materials and substances described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended,
42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Massachusetts Hazardous Waste Management Act, as amended, M.G.L. c.21C, the Massachusetts Oil and Hazardous Material Release Prevention and Response Act, as amended, M.G.L. c.21E, any applicable local
ordinance or bylaw, and the regulations adopted under these acts, (collectively, the “Hazardous Waste Laws”). If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require testing to ascertain whether or not there has been any release of any
Hazardous Materials by Tenant, then the reasonable costs thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days after receipt of demand as additional charges if and only if the following conditions are satisfied; (i) if
such requirement applies to the Premises, and (ii) if an independent, reputable third party engineer employed by Landlord or persons acting under Landlord conclusively determines that a release has occurred and such release has been or is
likely to have been solely and exclusively caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant’s control. If Tenant receives from any federal, state or local governmental agency any notice of violation or alleged violation of any Hazardous Waste
Law by Tenant, or if Tenant is obligated to give any notice under any Hazardous Waste Law, Tenant agrees to forward to Landlord a copy of any such notice within three (3) business days of Tenant’s receipt or transmittal thereof (except if
immediate response is required of Landlord in which event reasonable immediate notice to be given to Landlord). In addition, Tenant shall execute reasonable affidavits, representations and the like from time to time at Landlord’s reasonable
request concerning Tenant’s best actual knowledge or belief regarding the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided in this Lease from any release of
hazardous materials on the Premises or elsewhere in the Park occurring while Tenant is in possession if caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant’s control. Landlord shall indemnify Tenant from any release of Hazardous Materials on the
Premises or elsewhere in the Building, Lot or Park occurring while Tenant is in possession if caused by Landlord or persons acting under Landlord’s control. Landlord retains the right to inspect the Premises at all reasonable times, upon
reasonable notice to Tenant and compliance with Section 6.1.10, to ensure compliance with this paragraph. Tenant shall not be liable for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities or damages (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of
any type or nature, directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with any 

  
 31 

 
Hazardous Materials present at any time on or about the Premises, Building, Lot or Park, or the violation of any environmental Laws, except to the extent that any of the foregoing actually
results from the release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, sublessees or assignees. The within covenants shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term; 

6.1.18 Tenant’s Authority - Tenant has the power and authority to enter into this Lease and perform the obligations of Tenant
hereunder. This Lease and all other documents executed and delivered by Tenant in connection herewith constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Tenant; 

6.1.19 Confidentiality - This Lease is a confidential document by and between Landlord and Tenant and each party agrees that this Lease
shall not be copied and distributed or circulated to any person(s) other than to such parties, and their respective mortgagees, successors or assigns, their legal counsel, accountants and brokers or to any prospective sublessees and assignees or
affiliates of Tenant, or to any prospective acquirers, investors, or lenders of Tenant, or to regulatory authorities, or to the directors, shareholders or officers of Tenant, unless required by law (including rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission) or court order, without the prior written consent of Landlord. All public announcements regarding this Lease prior to Tenant’s occupancy hereunder must be approved by Landlord and Tenant in advance; and 

6.1.20 Signs and Advertising - Except as hereinafter expressly provided, Tenant will not place or suffer to be placed or maintained on
the exterior of the Premises, Building, or Lot, or elsewhere in the Park, or on the roof of the Building, any sign, decoration, lettering or advertising matter or any other thing of any kind. Tenant will, at its sole cost and expense, maintain such
sign, decoration, lettering, advertising matter, or other tiling as may be permitted hereunder in good condition and repair at all times. 

Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, subject to Landlord’s prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed) and to applicable sign ordinances, and to receipt by Landlord of all required permits therefor, to have installed signage (which may be electrified) supplied by Tenant at Tenant’s expense, customary or appropriate in the
conduct of Tenant’s business and with other signage along the exterior of the Building at the location shown on Exhibit “B” (“Tenant’s Signage”), provided that Tenant and any Affiliate shall be leasing at all times at
least one (1) full floor of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to remove Tenant’s Signage, at Tenant’s expense for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Tenant’s right to install signage on the Building is non-exclusive.
Tenant’s name shall also be placed by Landlord on the Building directory, at no cost to Tenant, and Landlord agrees to work with Tenant to improve the signage in the main lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right to relocate
Tenant’s Signage to the exterior location of the Building where One Communications’ sign is currently located upon the termination of Landlord’s lease with such tenant (expressly excluding any assignments or subleasing to the
successors, assigns and affiliates of One Communications which shall have such rights that One Communications has as set forth in such lease), provided that (i) Tenant is then leasing and occupying two (2) full floors

  
 32 

 
in the Building or at least seventy-five thousand (75,000) rentable square feet and (ii) there does not then exist an Event of Default. 

Landlord and Tenant hereby further acknowledge and agree that Landlord, upon Tenant’s request, shall use reasonable efforts to obtain all
necessary permits and approvals in compliance with local codes and ordinances for Tenant’s Signage. In no event shall Landlord be required to obtain such necessary permits and approvals therefor as a condition of the Premises being deemed Ready
for Occupancy as determined in accordance with said Section 3.2. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual third-party reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with obtaining said permits and approvals, including
reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord during the permitting process by (i) promptly executing the necessary documentation reasonably requested by Landlord, and (ii) by furnishing the
same to Landlord promptly upon Landlord’s request, but in no event later than five (5) business days following Landlord’s request. 

ARTICLE 7 
 CASUALTY AND TAKING

  

	7.1	CASUALTY AND TAKING 

 In case during the Term any substantial part of the Premises, or
all or any substantial part of the Building, or any one or more of them, are, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord’s architect, damaged materially by fire or any other cause, or by action of public or other authority in consequence thereof or
are taken by eminent domain, and this Lease is not otherwise terminated pursuant to Sections 7.3(c) or (d) below, then this Lease shall terminate at either party’s election, which may be made, notwithstanding Landlord’s entire
interest may have been divested, by notice given to the other party within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the election to terminate, which notice shall specify the effective date of termination which shall be
not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of notice of such termination. Such termination right may not be exercised by Landlord if the Premises are not damaged by such casualty or taking unless the leases of
all other tenant’s of the Building are also terminated. If in any such case the Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall use due diligence to put the Premises and/or the Building, as applicable, or in case of taking, what may remain thereof
into substantially the condition immediately prior to the casualty, subject to applicable law, if the net award of insurance or damages are adequate (but such limitation shall not apply if the Landlord failed to maintain the insurance required
hereunder). A just proportion of the Fixed Rent and additional rent according to the nature and extent of the injury from and after the date of such casualty or taking shall be abated until the Premises, all systems and access thereto, or such
remainder shall have been put by Landlord in such condition; and in case of a taking which permanently reduces the area of the Premises, a just proportion of the Fixed Rent and additional rent shall be abated for the remainder of the Term and an
appropriate adjustment shall be made to the Landlord’s Operating Costs. 
  

	7.2	RESERVATION OF AWARD 

 Landlord reserves to itself any and all rights to receive awards
made for damages to the 

  
 33 

 
Premises, Building or Lot and the leasehold hereby created, or any one or more of them, accruing by reason of exercise of eminent domain or by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of
public or other authority. Tenant hereby releases and assigns to Landlord all Tenant’s rights to such awards, and covenants to deliver such further assignments and assurances thereof as Landlord may from time to time request, hereby irrevocably
designating and appointing Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver in Tenant’s name and behalf all such further assignments thereof. It is agreed and understood, however, that Landlord does not reserve to itself, and Tenant does
not assign to Landlord, any damages payable for (i) movable trade fixtures installed by Tenant or anybody claiming under Tenant, at its own expense, (ii) equipment, furniture, personal property or other items of Tenant located in the
Premises or on the Lot, or (iii) relocation and moving expenses recoverable by Tenant from such authority in a separate action, 
  

	7.3	ADDITIONAL CASUALTY PROVISIONS 

 (a) Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace
any of Tenant’s business machinery, equipment, furniture, personal property or other installations not originally installed by Landlord. 

(b) In the event of any termination of this Lease pursuant to this Article 7, the Term of this Lease shall expire as of the effective
termination date as fully and completely as if such date were the date herein originally scheduled as the Term Expiration Date; Tenant shall have access to the Premises at Tenant’s sole risk for a period of sixty (60) days after the date
of termination in order to remove Tenant’s personal property except as prohibited by any applicable governmental agency or official. 

(c) Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in this Article 7, if all or any substantial part of the Premises and/or the
Building or Lot or any part thereof (as hereinabove defined), shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or taken by eminent domain during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, as the Lease may have theretofore been extended, then either
Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the date of such fire or other casualty or taking upon notice to the other as aforesaid. Also, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 7, Tenant may render any
notice of Landlord’s termination null and void by exercising early an option to extend the initial Term or then Extended Term of this Lease in accordance with Exhibit “F”. In the event of such early exercise, Landlord and Tenant agree
to determine the Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term at least twelve (12) months prior to the commencement date of the Extended Term in accordance with and in the manner set forth in said Exhibits “F” and “H”. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease if the Premises are damaged by any peril and Landlord does not elect to
terminate this Lease or is not entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to its terms, then within sixty (60) days after the casualty or notice of taking, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a written opinion of Landlord’s architect or
construction consultant as to when the restoration work required of Landlord may be completed. Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which option may be exercised by delivery to Landlord of a
written notice of election to terminate within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives from Landlord the estimate of the time 

  
 34 

 
needed to complete such restoration: (x) the Premises, with reasonable diligence, cannot be fully repaired by Landlord within twelve (12) months after the damage or destruction. During
any period of construction hereunder, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relocate Tenant to one of its other properties, if available and at no cost to Landlord. In addition, if Tenant does not terminate under this subsection
(d) within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s notice, and Landlord does not complete the repair within the time period stated in Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall again have the right to terminate this Lease by written
notice given within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the repair period stated in Landlord’s notice. 
 ARTICLE 8 

ARTICLE 8 RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEE 
  

	8.1	PRIORITY OF LEASE 

 Landlord shall have the option to subordinate this Lease to any
future mortgagee or deed of trust of the Lot or Building, or both (“the mortgaged premises”), provided that the holder thereof enters into an agreement with Tenant by the terms of which the holder will agree to recognize the rights of
Tenant under this Lease, assume the obligations of Landlord under this Lease and to accept Tenant as tenant of the Premises under the terms and conditions of this Lease in the event of acquisition of title by such holder through foreclosure
proceedings or otherwise and Tenant will agree to recognize the holder of such mortgage as Landlord in such event, which agreement shall be made to expressly bind and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Tenant and of the holder and
upon anyone purchasing the mortgaged premises at any foreclosure sale. Any such mortgage to which this Lease shall be subordinated may contain such commercially reasonable and customary terms, substantially similar to the provisions contained in the
SNDA attached to this Lease. Further and as a condition to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord agrees to obtain and deliver to Tenant within thirty (30) days of this Lease, a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment
Agreement (“SNDA”) from its current lender, Bank of America, N.A. (“Lender”), substantially in accordance with Exhibit “J” attached hereto. In the event an SNDA is not obtained from the Lender for the benefit of Tenant
within thirty (30) days from the date of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that (i) there is no default under the mortgage or related loan documents with the Lender, and
(ii) no other mortgage, ground lease or superior lease encumbers the Lot or the Building. 
  

	8.2	LIMITATION ON MORTGAGEE’S LIABILITY 

 Upon entry and taking possession of the
mortgaged premises for any purpose other than foreclosure, the holder of a mortgage shall have all rights of Landlord, and during the period of such possession, shall also have the duty to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Except
during such period of possession, no such holder shall be liable, either as mortgagee or as holder of a collateral assignment of this Lease, to perform, or be liable in damages for failure to perform

  
 35 

 
any of the obligations of Landlord unless and until such holder shall enter and take possession of the mortgaged premises for the purpose of foreclosing a mortgage. Upon entry for the purpose of
foreclosing a mortgage, such holder shall be liable to perform all of the obligations of Landlord accruing after said entry (including performance of obligations arising prior to said entry), provided that a discontinuance of any foreclosure
proceeding shall terminate the liability of the holder as Landlord. 
  

	8.3	INTENTIONALLY OMITTED. 

  

	8.4	NO PREPAYMENT OR MODIFICATION, ETC. 

 No Fixed Rent, additional rent, or any other charge
shall be paid more than thirty (30) days prior to the due dates thereof, and payments made in violation of this provision shall (except to the extent that such payments are actually received by a mortgagee in possession or in the process of
foreclosing its mortgage) be a nullity as against such mortgagee, and Tenant shall be liable for the amount of such payments to such mortgagee. 
  

	8.5	NO RELEASE OR TERMINATION 

 No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would
entitle Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease, shall result in a release or termination of such obligations or a termination of this Lease unless
(i) Tenant shall have first given written notice of Landlord’s act or failure to act to Landlord’s mortgagees of record, if any, the addresses for whom previously have been provided in writing to Tenant, specifying the act or failure
to act on the part of Landlord which could or would give basis to Tenant’s rights, and (ii) such mortgagees, after receipt of such notice, have failed or refused to correct or cure the condition complained of within a reasonable time
thereafter, but nothing contained in this Section 8.5 shall be deemed to impose any obligation on any such mortgagee to correct or cure any such condition. “Reasonable time” as used above means and includes a reasonable time to obtain
possession of the mortgaged premises, if the mortgagee elects to do so, and a reasonable time to correct or cure the condition if such condition is determined to exist. The foregoing shall not apply to any rights to Tenant to terminate in the event
of a casually or taking. 
  

	8.6	CONTINUING OFFER 

 The covenants and agreements contained in this Lease with respect to
the rights, powers and benefits of a mortgagee (particularly, without limitation thereby, the covenants and agreements contained in this Article 8) constitute a continuing offer to any person, corporation or other entity, which by accepting or
requiring an assignment of this Lease or by entry or 

  
 36 

 
foreclosure assumes the obligations herein set forth with respect to such mortgagee, and such mortgagee shall be entitled to enforce such provisions in its own name. Tenant agrees on request of
Landlord to execute and deliver from time to time any agreement which may reasonably be deemed necessary to implement the provisions of this Article 8. 

ARTICLE 9 
 DEFAULT 

 

	9.1	EVENTS OF DEFAULT; 

 It shall be an “Event of Default” under this Lease, if
(i) Tenant fails to pay Fixed Rent or additional rent for more than ten (10) days after notice thereof specifying such failure and that such failure may be an Event of Default hereunder; (ii) Tenant fails to perform its other
non-monetary obligations hereunder for more than thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord, together with such additional time, if any, as is reasonably required to cure the default if the default is of such a nature that it cannot
reasonably be cured in thirty (30) days, provided that Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period; or (iii) if Tenant makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or files a petition under any bankruptcy or
insolvency law; or (iv) if such a petition is filed against Tenant and is not dismissed within one hundred and twenty (120) days; or (v) if a receiver becomes entitled to Tenant’s leasehold hereunder and it is not returned to
Tenant within one hundred and twenty (120) days; or (vi) such leasehold is taken on execution or other process of law in any action against Tenant; Landlord and the agents and servants of Landlord may, in addition to and not in derogation
of any remedies for any preceding breach of covenant, immediately or at any time thereafter while such default continues and without further notice except as required by applicable law enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name
of the whole and repossess the same as of Landlord’s former estate and expel Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant and remove its and their effects without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass and without prejudice to any
remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of rent or prior breach of covenant, and upon such entry or mailing as aforesaid, this Lease shall terminate, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided. After the occurrence of an Event
of Default as aforesaid, Tenant hereby waives all statutory rights of redemption, if any to the extent such rights may be lawfully waived, and Landlord, without notice to Tenant, may store Tenant’s effects and those of any person claiming
through or under Tenant at the expense and risk of Tenant and, if Landlord so elects, may sell such effects at public auction or private sale and apply the net proceeds to the payment of all sums due to Landlord from Tenant, if any, and pay over the
balance, if any, to Tenant. 
  

	9.2	TENANTS OBLIGATIONS AFTER TERMINATION 

 In the event that this Lease is terminated under
any of the provisions contained in Section 9.1 or shall be otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant, Tenant covenants as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	 to pay forthwith to Landlord, as compensation, a lump sum equal to the present value total rent reserved for the residue of the Term discounted at a
rate equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%) per annum. In calculating the rent reserved, there shall be 

  
 37 

	 	
included, in addition to the Fixed Rent and all additional rent, the value of all other consideration agreed to be paid or performed by Tenant for said residue, less the net proceeds of any rents
obtained by Landlord in re-letting the Premises as provided in (b)(ii) below; and 

  

	 	(b)	and, to the extent not received in (a) above or the extent Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to proceed under this subparagraph (b) rather than subparagraph (a), as an additional and cumulative
obligation, to pay punctually to Landlord all of the sums and perform all of the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as if this Lease had not been
terminated. In calculating the amounts to be paid by Tenant under this subclause (b), Tenant shall be credited with: (i) any amounts paid to Landlord as compensation as provided in subclause (a) of this Section 9.2 (if Landlord elects
to proceed pursuant to subclause (a)); and (ii) the net proceeds of any rents obtained by Landlord by re-letting the Premises, after deducting all of Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection with such re-letting, including, without
implied limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, tenant improvements costs paid or tenant improvement allowances granted, fees for legal services, and any other expenses of re-letting the Premises or preparing the Premises for the
new tenant or tenants. 

 In no event shall Landlord receive total rent pursuant to Subparagraphs (a) and (b) above
(i.e. from Tenant and/or from any future tenant upon any reletting of the Premises, or a portion thereof) in excess of the actual damages due and payable by Tenant under said Subparagraphs. 

Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to re-let the Premises following any such termination herein provided, however, that
Landlord: (x) may re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof for a term or terms which may, at Landlord’s option, be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term,
and may grant such concessions and free rent as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to re-let same; (y) may make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord, in its reasonable
judgment, considers advisable or necessary to re-let the same, and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing sub clauses (x) and/or (y), or Landlord’s failure to re-let or to collect the rent through re-letting,
shall operate or be construed to release or reduce Tenant’s liability as aforesaid; and (z) shall have no duty to re-let the Premises to a prospective tenant who is also interested in leasing other space that Landlord (or its
affiliate(s)) then has available. In the event that Landlord collects all of the rent reserved pursuant to Subparagraph (a) above, and re-lets the Premises following the termination of this Lease, then Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for
its pro rata share of any rent reserved paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder in accordance with Subparagraph b(ii) above. 
 So long as at
least twelve (12) months of the Term remain unexpired at the time of such termination, in lieu of any other damages of indemnity and in lieu of full recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this
Section 9.2, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, at any time after this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 9.1, or is otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant and

  
 38 

 
before such full recovery, elect to recover, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate of the Fixed Rent and additional rent accrued under Article 4
in the twelve (12) months ended next prior to such termination (or if the Term has not yet commenced, the Fixed Rent and additional rent that would be due for said time period) plus the amount of Fixed Rent and additional rent of any kind
accrued and unpaid at the time of termination. 
 Nothing contained in this Lease shall, however, limit or prejudice the right of Landlord
to prove and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the
damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above. 
  

	9.3	EVENTS OF DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. 

 It shall be an “Landlord Event of Default”
under this Lease, if Landlord fails to perform its obligations hereunder for more than thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Tenant, together with such additional time, if any, as is reasonably required to cure the default if the default
is of such a nature that it cannot reasonably be cured in thirty (30) days. In the event of a Landlord Event of Default, without limitation to any other rights Tenant may have at law and equity (each of which rights Tenant expressly reserves),
which default shall remain uncured after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods and Tenant does not have notice that Landlord is disputing such obligation in good faith, Tenant shall have the right, but shall not the obligation, to
perform such obligation. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary set forth in this Section, in no event shall Tenant have any right to perform any obligations that are outside of the Premises, that affect any space not leased by Tenant, that
affect any Common Area of the Building, the Lot or the Park, that affect the structure of the Building, or that affect any of the life safety or building systems of the Building. In performing such obligation, Tenant may make any payment of money or
perform any other act. All sums so paid by Tenant, together with interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, and all necessary incidental costs and expenses, provided such are reasonable, in connection with the performance of any
such acts by Tenant, shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant within twenty (20) days of demand (containing all reasonable documentation evidencing such performance and payment by Tenant). Tenant may exercise the foregoing rights without waiving
any other of its rights or releasing Landlord from any of its obligations under this Lease. 
 ARTICLE 10 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	10.1	TITLES 

 The titles of the Articles are for convenience and are not to be considered in
construing this Lease. 

  
 39 

	10.2	NOTICE OF LEASE 

 Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, both parties shall, at
the request of either party, execute and deliver, after the Commencement Date, a short form of this Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G”. If this Lease is terminated before the Term expires, the parties will execute an
instrument acknowledging the date of termination. 
  

	10.3	RELOCATION 

 Intentionally Deleted. 

 

	10.4	NOTICES FROM ONE PARTY TO THE OTHER 

 No notice, approval, consent requested or election
required or permitted to be given or made pursuant to this Lease shall be effective unless the same is in writing. Communications shall be addressed, if to Landlord, at Landlord’s Address, with a copy to Gloria M. Gutierrez, Esq., The Gutierrez
Company, One Wall Street, Burlington, MA 01803, or at such other address as may have been specified by prior notice to Tenant and, if to Tenant, at Tenant’s Address, with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, 53 State Street, Boston,
Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Eric M. Labbe, Esq., or at such other place as may have been specified by prior notice to Landlord. Any communication so addressed shall be deemed duly served if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, delivered by hand, or by overnight express service by a earner providing a receipt of delivery. 
  

	10.5	BIND AND INURE 

 The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and this Lease
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the Landlord named herein and each successive owner of the Premises shall be released from all obligations
hereunder arising following termination of such ownership and passing to the successor in ownership, and its successor shall be liable for all obligations of Landlord hereunder. Neither the Landlord named herein nor any successive owner of the
Premises whether an individual, trust, a corporation or otherwise shall have any personal liability beyond their interest in the Building and the Lot, and the income, insurance and condemnation proceeds derived therefrom. Neither party shall be
liable to the other party for consequential or punitive damages for a breach of any covenant of this Lease or otherwise, except as may apply with respect to holdover damages described in Section 6.1.16 of this Lease. 

 

	10.6	NO SURRENDER 

 The delivery of keys to any employees of Landlord or to Landlord’s
agent or any employee thereof shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. 

  
 40 

	10.7	NO WAIVER, ETC. 

 The failure of Landlord or of Tenant to seek redress for violation of,
or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this Lease or, with respect to such failure of Landlord, any of the Rules and Regulations referred to in Section 6.1.4, whether heretofore or hereafter adopted by
Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation nor prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of Fixed Rent or
additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach by Landlord, unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant
to or of any breach of any agreement or duty shall be construed as a waiver or consent to or of any other breach of the same or any other agreement or duty. 
  

	10.8	NO ACCORD AND SATISFACTION 

 No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Fixed
Rent and additional rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such rent due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed as
accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided. 

 

	10.9	CUMULATIVE REMEDIES 

 The specific remedies to which Landlord may resort under the terms
of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which it may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease. In addition to the
other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to a decree compelling specific
performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions. 
  

	10.10	PARTIAL INVALIDITY 

 If any term, clause, provision, covenant or condition contained in
this Lease is adjudicated to be illegal or unenforceable, all other terms, clauses, provisions, covenants or conditions of this Lease shall remain in force and effect, and the term, clause, provision, covenant or condition held illegal or
unenforceable shall remain in effect as far as possible in accordance with the intention of the parties. 
  

	10.11	LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE 

 If Tenant shall at any time default, beyond applicable
notice and cure periods, in the performance of any material obligation under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but shall 

  
 41 

 
not be obligated, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant and for non material obligations upon thirty (30) days notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency where at
least verbal notice will be given as soon as reasonably possible), to enter upon the Premises and to perform such obligation, notwithstanding the fact that no specific provision for such substituted performance by Landlord is made in this Lease with
respect to such default. In performing such obligation, Landlord may make any payment of money or perform any other act. All reasonable sums so paid by Landlord (together with interest at the rate set forth in Section 4.3 hereof), and all
necessary incidental costs and expenses in connection with the performance of any such acts by Landlord, shall be deemed to be additional rent under this Lease and shall be payable to Landlord immediately on demand. Landlord may exercise the
foregoing rights without waiving any other of its rights or releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease. 
  

	10.12	ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE 

 Tenant agrees on the Commencement Date, and from time to time
thereafter, upon not less than twenty (20) days prior written request by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “K” with such adjustments
as are necessary to make the same accurate. Landlord agrees on the Commencement Date, and from time to time thereafter, upon not less than twenty (20) days prior written request by Tenant, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a
statement in writing in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “K”. 
  

	10.13	WAIVER OF SUBROGATION AND CLAIMS 

 Any insurance carried by either party with respect to
the Premises and property therein or occurrences thereon shall include a clause or endorsement denying to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to the occurrence of
injury or loss. Each party, notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by insurance containing such clause or endorsement to the
extent of the indemnification received thereunder (or would have been covered had all insurance required hereunder been maintained). 
  

	10.14	BROKERAGE 

 Landlord and Tenant each represent to the other that they have dealt with no
real estate brokers, finders, agents or salesmen in connection with this Lease, except Grubb & Ellis Company (collectively, the “Broker”). Each party agrees to hold the other party harmless from and against all claims for
brokerage commissions, finder’s fees, or other compensation made by any other agent, broker, salesman or finder as a consequence of said party’s actions or dealings with any such agent, broker, salesman, or finder. Landlord agrees to pay a
fee to the Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. 

  
 42 

	10.15	COVENANTS INDEPENDENT 

 Each provision in this Lease constitutes an independent covenant,
enforceable separately from each other covenant set forth herein. To the extent any provision hereof or any application of any provision hereof may be declared unenforceable, such provision or application shall not affect any other provision hereof
or other application of such provision. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent and additional rent is independent of any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, with the result that Tenant’s sole
remedy for any alleged breach by Landlord of its obligation hereunder shall be to commence a judicial proceeding against Landlord seeking specific performance and/or damages. 
  

	10.16	ACCESS 

 Subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease and all laws applicable to the
Premises, Tenant shall have twenty-four (24) hours, seven (7) days per week, fifty-two (52) weeks per year, access to the Premises. 
  

	10.17	ENTIRE AGREEMENT 

 This Lease contains the entire and only agreement between the parties
as to the Premises, and no oral statements or representations or prior written matter not contained in this instrument shall have any force or effect. This Lease shall not be modified in any way except by a writing signed by both parties. 

 

	10.18	GOVERNING LAW 

 This Lease shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance
with the laws and the Courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 
  

	10.19	ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS 

 Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant as follows: 

(a) that Landlord has the right, power and authority to enter into this Lease and grant Tenant quiet possession of the Premises and other
rights set forth herein; 
 (b) that Landlord is the fee simple owner of the Lot and Building located thereon; 

(c) that the Building (including the Tenant’s Work and the Premises) and the Lot (including all common areas) will, upon substantial
completion of Tenant’s Work and issuance of all necessary permits and approvals required to be obtained from any and all necessary governmental agencies prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, if necessary, including without limitation, a
certificate of occupancy from the Town of Burlington, which allows Tenant to use and occupy the Premises as herein provided, comply with all dimensional, use, parking, loading and other zoning requirements of the Town of Burlington, and all
applicable building codes and governmental requirements, including, without limitation, all ADA, local and state 

  
 43 

 
requirements and regulations promulgated thereunder and other applicable laws and rules governing access to and use of facilities by people with disabilities, including the Massachusetts
Architectural Access Board regulations and all environmental laws; 
 (d) that the Premises and common areas and all equipment and systems
servicing such areas, shall be in good working order and repair as of the Commencement Date; 
 (e) that the Building has achieved a LEED
Gold designation; and 
 (f) Landlord agrees to allow Tenant to use temporary space at another building known as 200 Wheeler Road and
located in Burlington, MA owned by Landlord’s affiliate, at no charge to Tenant, until the Commencement Date. The terms and conditions of such occupancy shall be otherwise subject to the provisions of a mutually agreed upon form of Use and
Occupancy Agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant. 
 ARTICLE 11 

SECURITY 
 A security
deposit in the amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) shall he delivered by Tenant to Landlord on or prior to the Commencement Date (the “Security”). Such Security shall be in the form of a Letter of Credit in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “M”, and such Letter of Credit shall (a) name the Landlord as its beneficiary, (b) expire not less than one (1) year after the issuance thereof, and (e) be drawn on an
FDIC-insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord agrees that GE Capital is an acceptable institution. Tenant shall, from time to time, as necessary, renew or replace or amend the Letter of Credit no fewer than
twenty-five (25) banking days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, and if Tenant fails to renew or replace or amend said Letter of Credit in the applicable amount by not later than twenty-five
(25) banking days prior to expiry date of the Letter of Credit, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof in an account as Security, without interest, until Tenant provides to Landlord a replacement letter of
credit complying with the requirements for the original Letter of Credit as set forth above. So long as there does not then exist an Event of Default, the amount of the required Security shall be reduced In accordance with the following schedule;
(i) by $250,000.00 on the 1st day of month twenty five (25) of the Term; and (ii) by an additional $200,000.00 on the lst day of
month thirty seven (37) of the Term. Thereafter, the Security shall be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($300,000.00). Landlord agrees to promptly return any existing Letter of Credit to Tenant upon Landlord’s receipt of a
replacement Letter of Credit in such reduced amount required hereunder. In the event that Landlord fails to release any cash proceeds drawn from a Letter of Credit (if applicable) within five (5) business days following the required date (or
its receipt of a replacement Letter of Credit conforming to the requirements hereunder), then Landlord shall be obligated to pay Tenant interest on any such amount at the interest rate set forth in Section 4.3 hereof, calculated on a daily
basis. 

  
 44 

 Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a portion of
the Security to cure any continuing Event of Default, including any uncured default in connection with any arrearages of Rent, costs incurred by Landlord to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, and any costs incurred by Landlord to repair
(other than normal wear and tear or damage caused by Landlord, its agents or employees) the Premises upon termination of this Lease. Following any such application of the Security, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of
written demand, restore the Letter of Credit to the then applicable full amount (or post a cash Security, at Tenant’s option). Tenant shall not have the right to call upon Landlord to apply all or any part of the Security to cure any continuing
Event of Default, but such use shall be solely in the discretion of Landlord. At the later of the termination of this Lease and the date Tenant surrenders the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease, the balance of the Security, either
cash or the Letter of Credit, as applicable, shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) business days of expiration of the Term and surrender of the Premises, whichever may be later. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during
the Term, Landlord shall assign the Security to the transferee, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of the assignment in advance and thereafter have no further liability for the return of the Security provided such transferee acknowledges receipt
of the same in writing. If the Security is in the form of a Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of such Letter of Credit once the Letter of Credit has been appropriately assigned to the assignee, the assignee
has assumed all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and Landlord has notified Tenant, in writing, of both. Upon, any such delivery and assignment, Tenant hereby releases the then existing Landlord of any and all liability with respect
to the Letter of Credit, its application and return, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such assignee or transferee. It is further understood that this provision shall also apply to subsequent assignees or transferees. Upon request by Tenant,
Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of the assignment and assumption or other written documentation that was entered into to effectuate the transfer of the Letter of Credit and this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the
Security from its other accounts or, except as otherwise specified herein, to pay interest thereon, as aforesaid. 
 In the event the Lease
is assigned by Tenant, Tenant’s assignee may provide a replacement Letter of Credit and the original Letter of Credit held by Landlord shall be promptly returned to Tenant, provided that such Letter of Credit shall remain subject to all of the
terms and conditions of this Article 11. Landlord shall deliver the original prior Letter of Credit to the prior tenant simultaneously upon the delivery of the replacement Letter of Credit by Tenant’s assignee or as soon as possible thereafter.

  
 45 

 EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts on the day and year first above written. 

 

			
	LANDLORD:
	
	BURLINGTON OFFICE PARK V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:		 The Gutierrez Company,
 its General
Partner

		
	By:		 /s/ Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr.

			Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr.
			President
	
	TENANT:
	
	ASCEND LEARNING LLC
		
	By:		 /s/ Ruth Siporin

	Name:		 Ruth Siporin

	Title:		 Treasurer

  
 46 

 EXHIBIT “A” 

Plan Showing Tenant’s Space 

[SEE ATTACHED] 

  
 47 

 

 

 EXHIBIT “B” 

Plan Showing the Location of Tenant’s Signage 

[TO BE ATTACHED] 

  
 48 

 

 

 EXHIBIT “C” 

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF TENANT’S WORK 

BURLINGTON OFFICE PARK I 
 5 WALL
STREET, BURLINGTON, MA 
 [PLANS TO BE ATTACHED] 

ASCEND/JONES & BARTLETT LEARNING 

November 3, 2010 
 Revised
January 26, 2011 
 Specifications of Tenant’s Work 

Burlington Office Park I 
 5 Wall
Street, Burlington, Massachusetts 
 GWB Partitions 
  

	 	•	 	All interior sheetrock partitions to be 3 5/8”, 25 ga. metal studs 16” on center with one layer 5/8” GWB on each side to 6” above ceiling. 

 

	 	•	 	Demising, conference rooms, Data/IT room and board rooms partitions to be full height partitions (to deck above) consisting of 3 5/8”, 20 ga. metal studs, 16” on center with 31/2” thick batt insulation
and one layer of 5/8” GWB on each side. 

  

	 	•	 	Blocking (3/4” plywood or other as needed) installed at Tenant specified locations to accommodate LCD’s, Tenant provided casework, etc. 

 

	 	•	 	Includes two (2) FRG round column covers. 

 Flooring 

 

	 	•	 	General flooring to be broadloom carpet. Carpet to be selected from the Patcraft “Just Beautiful” series, or equal. 

  

	 	•	 	Include Armstrong standard Excellon VCT at break area, coffee room, copy/mail rooms, storage rooms and Data/IT room. 

  

	 	•	 	Includes an allowance of Five Thousand ($5,000.00) Dollars for premium flooring at the reception areas. 

Millwork 
  

	 	•	 	 Plastic laminate casework and plastic laminate counters with upper and lower cabinets at break room, break area and coffee room per plans. Island
counter at break room to be 

  
 49 

	 	 
plastic laminate. 

  

	 	•	 	Millwork in board room on the fourth (4th) floor as shown on plans with absolute black granite countertop. 

Wall Treatment 
  

	 	•	 	Include a primer and two coats of latex paint on all interior sheetrock partitions. 

  

	 	•	 	Allow up to one (1) accent wall per enclosed office, conference and board room. 

 Ceiling 

 

	 	•	 	Ceiling height shall be 9’ 4” (except in areas where only 9’ can be achieved due to MEP constraints). 

  

	 	•	 	2x2x5/8 tegular edge ACT Armstrong #1775 Dune tile in a silhouette XL 9/16” bolt-slot system with a 1/4” reveal in Manufacturers Standard White finish. 

 

	 	•	 	Sheetrock soffits in two (2) board rooms and two (2) reception areas. 

 Doors/Frames &
Glazing 
  

	 	•	 	Enhance doors to be all glass 3’ x 8’ or a pair of 6’ x 8’ doors with concealed closures and GF 3000 Locknetics mag lock; hardware to be brushed stainless steel. 

 

	 	•	 	Interior doors and frames to be 3’0” x 7’0” wood factory finished door in aluminum frames with heavy duty latchset, 11/2 pair hinges, coat hook, and door stop. 

 

	 	•	 	Includes electric locks at secondary entrance doors and secure doors for four (4) locations. 

  

	 	•	 	Provide windows at all conference rooms as indicated on the plans; window to be the same height as the door frames. 

  

	 	•	 	Sidelights at offices (24” mm). 

  

	 	•	 	Glazing at conference rooms and board rooms per plans. 

  

	 	•	 	Include an electric lock at the Data/IT room. 

 Electrical Lighting 

 

	 	•	 	2x4 and 2x2 Recessed Indirect light fixtures to be the ovation series by Cooper or approved equal. They are 2’x4’ and 2’x2’ recessed direct/indirect in manufacturers’ standard white finish, with
EB5, T5 biax electronic instant start ballast and 32 wt8 lamps @ 4’ fixtures and 400 biax lamp @ the 2’ fixtures. 

  

	 	•	 	Lighting controls winch consist of programmable lighting relay control panels and occupancy sensors. Also included are cast aluminum L.E.D. exit signs. Emergency lights will be powered by emergency back-up generator.

  

	 	•	 	Maintained lighting levels shall be in accordance with the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 9th Edition. 

 

	 	•	 	 Provide recessed accent lighting (non-dimmable) at two (2) reception areas and medium conference rooms and pendent fixtures at board rooms and
medium conference rooms. 

  
 50 

 Power 
  

	 	•	 	Distribution system panelboards, cables and circuit breakers shall be sized for present loads and future allowance. Future allowance shall include 20% spare/space for future feeder and branch circuit breakers in all
panelboards. 

  

	 	•	 	Unless otherwise specially approved, all new wring will be concealed. 

  

	 	•	 	The minimum wire size for power will be #12 AWG. 

  

	 	•	 	Ground fault protection for receptacles will be provided in accordance with National Electric Code requirements. 

  

	 	•	 	All interior receptacles shall be commercial grade, white thermoplastic with white thermoplastic plates. 

  

	 	•	 	Power service to the Premises is based on 10-amps per 120 gross square feet for general office loads and miscellaneous power. One duplex wall receptacle shall be provided for every 500 square feet of open office area.
Each enclosed office and conference rooms shall be provided with two duplex receptacles. 

  

	 	•	 	A single common ground or grounding bus shall be provided for the entire Premises. 

  

	 	•	 	Lighting control panels shall be provided for control of open area lighting in lobbies and open office spaces. System shall be provided with low voltage override switches to control zones for “after hours”
use. 

  

	 	•	 	Occupancy sensors shall be provided for enclosed offices, conference rooms, etc., to achieve compliance with the automatic lighting shutoff requirements of the Massachusetts Energy Code. 

 

	 	•	 	All emergency life safety egress lighting in existing corridors will be connected to the existing base building life safety system. 

  

	 	•	 	Exit lights and emergency path of egress lighting will be provided in quantities in accordance with applicable codes. 

  

	 	•	 	Exit signs will be LED type. 

  

	 	•	 	New fire alarm devices shall be provided in compliance with all applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction. New devices shall match building standard. 

 

	 	•	 	Smoke detectors will be installed in new tel/data rooms and electric rooms and will be connected to remote indicating lights located outside of the rooms. 

 

	 	•	 	Data/IT room will have plywood backboards and ground bar. 

  

	 	•	 	Fire alarm interface shall be provided to unlock all egress doors controlled by electric lock/strike during fire alarm notification evacuation, if required by code. 

 

	 	•	 	Includes fifteen (15) electrical and tele/data floor boxes. 

  

	 	•	 	Provide power feed to system furniture; one (1) circuit per four (4) cubicles. 

  

	 	•	 	Power wiring for security system serving card readers at one (1) location. 

  

	 	•	 	Includes ten (10) dedicated duplex wall outlets and nine (9) dedicated GFCI wall outlets. 

  

	 	•	 	Power wiring to projector, motorized screen and LCD at ten (10) locations. 

  

	 	•	 	Includes one (1) 200 AMP panel and transformer within the Data/IT room, this is a 75 kVA K-13 transformer feeding a 200A MCB 208/120V panel. 

 

	 	•	 	Includes an allowance of Twenty Five Thousand ($25,000.00) Dollars for electrical wiring and outlets in the Data/IT room. 

  

	 	•	 	All new transformers for office and Data/IT Room loads shall be K-13 rated.) 

  
 51 

 Mechanical 
  

	 	•	 	The HVAC system will be sized to maintain indoor conditions of 75° Fdb (no humidity control) under heating conditions. Use outdoor conditions as published in the 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbooks, 1% conditions for
cooling and dehumidification design and 99.6% conditions for heating design. 

  

	 	•	 	A/C load based on 1.5 watts per square foot lighting and 1 person per 143 square feet. 1 watt miscellaneous electric loads and 20 CFM per person. 

 

	 	•	 	Ductwork will be galvanized sheet metal, low and medium pressure, in accordance with SMACNA standards. 

  

	 	•	 	Interior partitioned offices shall have at least one temperature zone per ten offices. 

  

	 	•	 	Perimeter partitioned offices shall have at least one temperature zone per five (5) offices (depending on exposure). 

  

	 	•	 	Corner offices shall be provided with their own temperature control zone. 

  

	 	•	 	Conference rooms and board rooms shall be provided with their own temperature control zone. 

  

	 	•	 	Medium pressure supply shall be insulated. Also, if the ceiling is a return plenum all supply ductwork shall be insulated. 

  

	 	•	 	Controls will be DDC. 

  

	 	•	 	Testing and balancing of the system will be performed by a certified contractor. 

  

	 	•	 	Ten (10) tons of supplemental cooling and associated ductwork and controls for Data/IT room. (2) 5-ton units that operate 24/7. 

 

	 	•	 	Includes a 1” fiberglass duct lining 10’ down stream of all fan powered boxes. 

 Sprinklers

  

	 	•	 	Provide a wet piped automatic fire protection system. Designed for light hazard coverage per NFPA #13. 

  

	 	•	 	Heads shall be concealed type and will be within 3” of center of tile. 

 Plumbing 

 

	 	•	 	Includes three (3) ADA compliant stainless steel kitchen sinks with all associated piping, faucet and point of use hot water heater. 

 

	 	•	 	Provide rough plumbing for tenant provided dishwasher. 

  

	 	•	 	Provide connection for tenant provided icemaker. 

 Telecommunications 

 

	 	•	 	Provide a plaster ring and pull string for each tel/data outlet. 

  

	 	•	 	Provide plywood backboards in the Data/IT room. 

 Qualifications/Exclusions 

 

	 	•	 	Specialty HVAC and power requirements not included unless noted above. 

  

	 	•	 	 Improvement within the lab beyond the scope above is excluded (e.g. lab wiring, buss

  
 52 

	 	 
duct, ups, cord drops are not included). 

  

	 	•	 	Tel/Data wiring and equipment is not included. 

  

	 	•	 	AV wiring and equipment not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Appliances not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Security System and associated wiring and hardware is not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Special lighting, unless specified above, is not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Board room millwork is not included, other than that shown on the fourth (4th) floor plan. 

 

	 	•	 	Emergency generator other than for base building and emergency lighting not included. 

  

	 	•	 	System furniture and furnishings not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Wall talkers, tackboards, caulkboards and whiteboards not included 

  

	 	•	 	Projections screens not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Reception desk(s). 

  

	 	•	 	Specialty blinds and drapes are not included. 

  

	 	•	 	Window treatment is not included. 

 Tenant Change Items - (notice by February 15, 2011) 

 

	1.	Increase door heights throughout the Premises to 8’ and increase the glass at offices per SK-3 dated 1/26/11 and increase the height of conference room glass to 8’: Add $85,000 

 

	2.	Increase the quantity of full height partitions with insulation in accordance with SK-1 and SK-2 dated 1/26/11: Add $25,880 

  

	3.	Increase the quantity of variable air volume boxes for interior zones from ten (10) offices to five (5) offices: Add $11,000 

 

	4.	Provide power feeds to furniture based on one (1) circuit per two (2) cubicles: Add $13,000 

  

	5.	Increase millwork unit pricing: 

  

					
	 Closet pole and single shelf:
		$	 47.00 per LF	  
	 Plastic laminate countertop:
		$	 86.00 per LF	  
	 Plastic laminate base cabinet with melamine interior:
		$	185.00 per LF	  
	 Plastic laminate wall cabinet with melamine Interior:
		$	152.00 per LF	  
	 2 Tier plastic laminate shelves:
		$	116.00 per LF	  
	 Mail boxes 10ft minimum:
		$	300.00 per LF	  
	 Standard absolute black granite:
		$	385.00 per LF	  
	 Wood base cabinets:
		$	208.00 per LF	  
	 Added adjustable shelving 5 melamine shelves high with adjustable brackets and wall standards:
		$	250.00 per LF	  
	 Plastic laminate in lieu of melamine:
		$	300.00 per LF	  
	 Wood (oak or maple) shelving Unit (sides and back) 8” tall x 12” deep:
		$	385.00 per LF	  
	 Plastic Laminate shelving Unit (sides and back) 8’ tall x 12” deep:
		$	352.00 per LF	  

  

	6.	Additional electronic locks for card access at secondary doors: Add $600 per door 

  
 53 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

 EXHIBIT “D” 

LANDLORD’S SERVICES 
  

	I.	CLEANING 

  

	 	A.	Building Lobbies and Common Areas 

  

	 	1.	Entrance doors and partition glass to be cleaned nightly. Wipe down frames and fixtures as needed. 

  

	 	2.	Remove entrance mats and clean sand and dirt from pits and floors, clean and replace mats nightly. 

  

	 	3.	Floors to be swept and washed nightly. Maintain a high luster yet-slip free finish following manufacturer’s specifications. 

  

	 	4.	Walls to be dusted and spot cleaned as necessary, thoroughly washed twice a year. 

  

	 	5.	Empty and wipe clean trash receptacles nightly including exterior smoker’s stations. 

  

	 	6.	Dust, with treated cloth, security desks, window sills, directory frames, planters, etc. nightly, 

  

	 	7.	Clean reception desk nightly. 

  

	 	8.	Vacuum all carpeted areas nightly, treat and spot clean stains, clean fully as needed. 

  

	 	9.	Vinyl tile floors to be dry mopped nightly, spot washed with clean water as needed and spray buffed weekly. 

  

	 	10.	Sweep all stairwells in building nightly and keep in clean condition, washing same as necessary. 

  

	 	11.	Do all high dusting (not reached in nightly cleaning) quarterly, which includes the following: 

  

	 	A.	Dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings. 

  

	 	B.	Dust exposed pipes, ventilation and air conditioning grilles, louvers, ducts, and high moldings, as needed. 

  
 54 

	 	12.	Clean and maintain luster on ornamental metal work as needed within arm’s reach. 

  

	 	13.	Dust all drapes and blinds as needed. 

  

	 	14.	Wash and disinfect drinking fountains using a non-scented disinfectant nightly. Polish all metal surfaces on the unit nightly. 

  

	 	15.	Strip and wax all resilient tile floors yearly, 

  

	 	16.	Shampoo all common area carpets at additional contract price at least once per year. 

  

	 	B.	Lavatories - Nightly 

  

	 	1.	Empty paper towel receptacles, bag and transport waste paper to designated area, disinfect receptacle and add new liner, 

  

	 	2.	Empty sanitary napkin disposal receptacles, bag and transport waste, disinfect receptacle and add new liner. 

  

	 	3.	Refill toilet tissue, hand towel dispensers, and sanitary napkin dispensers. Refill soap dispensers. 

  

	 	4.	Scour, wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals using non-scented disinfectants. 

  

	 	5.	Wash, disinfect and wipe dry both sides of toilet seat using non-scented disinfectants. 

  

	 	6.	Wash and polish all mirrors, counters, faucets, flushometers, bright work and enameled surfaces. 

  

	 	7.	Spot clean toilet partitions, doors, door frames, walls, lights and light switches. 

  

	 	8.	Remove all cobwebs from walls and ceilings. 

  

	 	9.	Sweep and wash all floors, using proper non-scented disinfectants. 

  

	 	10.	Add water to floor drains weekly, disinfect monthly. 

  

	 	11.	Turn off lights. 

  
 55 

	 	C.	Elevators - Nightly 

  

	 	1.	Thoroughly clean walls. 

  

	 	2.	Wipe clean control panels, door frames and mirrors. 

  

	 	3.	Vacuum cab and floor door tracks. 

  

	 	4.	Vacuum floors, shampoo as needed, wash stone floors. 

  

	 	5.	Dust ceilings. 

  

	 	D.	General Cleaning (Monday through Friday, Holidays excluded) Tenant areas nightly - unless noted. 

  

	 	1.	Empty and clean all waste receptacles nightly and remove waste paper and waste materials, including folded paper boxes and cartons, to designated area. Replace liners as needed. Check and wash waste baskets if soiled.

  

	 	2.	Weekly hand dust with treated cloth and wipe clean or feather duster all accessible areas on furniture, desks, files, telephones, fixtures and window sills. 

 

	 	3.	Clean all glass table tops and tenant entrance glass. Spot clean glass partitions. 

  

	 	4.	Spot clean all walls, door frames and light switches. 

  

	 	5.	Wipe clean and polish all bright metal work as needed within arm’s reach. 

  

	 	6.	All stone, ceramic, tile, marble, terrazzo and other un-waxed flooring to be swept, using approved dust-down preparation. 

  

	 	7.	All wood, linoleum, rubber asphalt, vinyl and other similar type of floors to be swept, using approved dust-down preparation and mopped or cleaned with dry system cleaner nightly. 

 

	 	8.	Reception areas, halls, high traffic areas to be vacuumed nightly. 

  

	 	9.	Offices and cubicles to be spot vacuumed nightly. All areas to receive a complete vacuum weekly. 

  

	 	10.	Spot clean carpet stains. 

  

	 	11.	Wash and clean all water fountains and coolers nightly. Sinks and floors adjacent to sinks to be washed nightly. 

  
 56 

	 	12.	Dust blinds as needed. 

  

	 	13.	Vinyl tile floors to be dry mopped nightly, spot washed with clean water as needed and spray buffed every two weeks. The VCT is to be stripped and waxed one time annually. 

 

	 	14.	Turn off coffee pots each night and empty filters. 

  

	 	E.	Showers 

  

	 	1.	Wash shower walls and floors nightly, using proper non-scented disinfectants. 

  

	 	2.	Clean and disinfect shower curtains weekly. 

  

	 	3.	Scrub showers with bleach weekly. 

  

	 	4.	Wash tile walls with proper grout cleaning compound as needed. 

  

	 	5.	Add water to floor drains weekly, disinfect monthly. 

  

	 	6.	Turn off lights. 

  

	 	7.	Restock soap, daily. 

  

	 	F.	Fitness Center Nightly 

  

	 	1.	Thoroughly clean all exercise equipment. 

  

	 	2.	Clean mirrors. 

  

	 	3.	Vacuum carpet. 

  

	 	4.	Wash rubber floor. 

  

	 	5.	Restock paper towel dispenser nightly. 

  

	 	G.	Cafeteria Dining Area / Kitchenettes Nightly 

  

	 	1.	Clean all areas outside the cafeteria servery which shall include, the dining tables, chairs, tray return areas. 

  

	 	2.	Wash flooring. 

  
 57 

	 	3.	Empty and clean inside and outside all waste receptacles nightly and remove waste paper and waste materials, including folded paper boxes and cartons, to designated area. Replace liners as needed. Check and wash waste
receptacles if soiled. 

  

	 	4.	Wash all cafeteria / kitchenette tabletops and counters. 

  

	 	5.	Arrange all tables and chairs according to floor plan. 

  

	 	H.	Day Porter to police and clean as required in the following areas: 

  

	 	1.	Reception and lobby seating 

  

	 	2.	Entrances and lobbies 

  

	 	3.	Cafeteria and kitchenettes 

  

	 	4.	Fitness center 

  

	 	5.	All toilets, showers and locker rooms 

  

	 	6.	Outside entrances 

  

	 	7.	Smokers Gazebo 

  

	 	I.	Cleaning Products 

 Paper products such as toilet paper, paper towels, and vinyl trash
liners will be supplied to the cleaning company. The cleaning company is to supply all solid and liquid cleaning products. The cleaning company is to supply all mops, buckets, vacuums, dusters, cloths etc. 

When possible the cleaning company is to use “Green Products.” 

 

	II.	HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 

  

	 	1.	Heating, ventilation and air conditioning as required to provide reasonably comfortable temperatures for normal business day occupancy (except holidays), Monday through Friday, from 8:00 AM to 6:00 PM, and Saturday from
8:00 AM to 1:00 PM, if so requested by Tenant, by providing at least 24 hours notice. HVAC services beyond the aforesaid hours of operation can be made available to Tenant, if so requested by Tenant, by providing at least 24 hours prior written
notice and at a cost of $50.00 per hour per unit. 

  
 58 

	 	2.	Maintenance on any additional or special air conditioning equipment, will be performed by tenant or tenant’s contractor and the associated operating cost thereof, will be at Tenant’s expense.

  

	III.	WATER 

 Hot water for lavatory and kitchen purposes and cold water for drinking, kitchen,
lavatory and toilet purposes. 
  

	IV.	ELEVATORS 

 Elevators for the use of all tenants and the general public for access to and
from all floors of the Building, programming of elevators (including, but not limited to, service elevators), shall be as Landlord from time to time determines best for the Building as a whole provided that there shall always be at least one
functioning elevator serving the floor on which the Premises is located. 
  

	V.	SECURITY/ACCESS 

 Twenty-four (24) hour entry to the Building is available to Tenant
and Tenant’s employees, after normal Building hours of operation. Tenant shall have unrestricted access to its Premises at all times, and not just during normal building hours and operation. The Building currently operates under a programmable
key card system. Key card access is provided by a Software House system and can be programmed to enter the Premises at all times and the Building during off-hours. All security within the Premises shall be the responsibility of the Tenant and Tenant
shall have the right to control its space, including the right to install additional security measures, and the right to select a vendor of its own choosing for installing a security system for the Premises. 

 

	VI.	BUILDING HOURS 

 Normal building hours of operation are Monday through Friday from 8:00
AM to 6:00 PM. The Building operates on Saturday from 8:00 AM to 1:00 PM, with access to the Building subject to the provisions as outlined in Item V contained herein. Except for the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system, which operates
in accordance with the schedule as described in Item II contained herein, all Building systems, including but not limited to electrical, mechanical, elevator, fire safety and sprinkler, and water, operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, subject
to repairs, failures and interrupted service beyond Landlord’s control. 

  
 59 

	VII.	CAFETERIA, VENDING AND PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS / INTERIOR LAVATORIES AND SHOWERS 

  

	 	1.	Except as expressly set forth in this Exhibit, any space within the Premises to be used primarily for lunchroom or cafeteria operation shall be Tenant’s responsibility to keep clean and sanitary. Cafeteria, vending
machines or refreshment service installations by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All maintenance, repairs and additional cleaning necessitated by such
installations shall be at Tenant’s expense. 

  

	 	2.	Tenant is responsible for the maintenance and repair of plumbing fixtures and related equipment installed in the Premises for its exclusive use (such as in any coffee room). 

 

	VIII.	SIGNAGE 

 Tenant shall be entitled to the Building’s standard signage at the
Building’s lobby directories, at Landlord’s cost. See also Section 6.1.20 regarding Tenant’s Signage. 
  

	IX.	ELECTRICITY 

 Tenant shall, in addition to paying Fixed Rent, pay for all electricity
consumed in the Premises pursuant to a Landlord installed electric sub-meter or check meter to measure Tenant’s actual usage consumed within the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs of such electricity based on the rate
charged by the utility company to the Landlord (without mark-up by Landlord) on a monthly basis (currently estimated at $1.35/RSF), specifically within thirty (30) days upon receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefore, which invoice shall
identify amount of electrical usage for the Premises based on such meter or check meter for such month. Common area electricity and Building HVAC electric charges are included in the common area maintenance charges set forth in Section 4.2 of
this Lease. 
 Tenant’s use of electrical service in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical
conductors or other equipment in or otherwise serving the Premises or the Building standard, as hereinafter provided. To ensure that such capacity is not exceeded and to avert possible adverse effects upon the Building’s electrical system,
Tenant shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to and consent of Landlord in each instance, connect to the Building electric distribution system any fixtures, appliances or equipment which operates on a voltage of
277/480 volts nominal, or make any alteration or addition to the electric system of the Premises. In the event Tenant shall use (or request that it be allowed to use) electrical service in excess of that reasonably deemed by Landlord to be standard
for the Building, Landlord may refuse to provide such excess usage or refuse to consent to such usage or may consent upon such 

  
 60 

 
conditions as Landlord reasonably elects (including, but not limited to, the installation of utility service upgrades, sub-meters, air handlers or cooling units), and all such additional usage
(except to the extent prohibited by law), installation and maintenance thereof shall be paid for by Tenant, as additional rent, upon Landlord’s demand, so long as no other tenants are receiving excess usage. 

It is understood that the electrical generated service to the Premises may be furnished by one or more generators of electrical power and that
the cost of electricity may be billed as a single charge or divided into and billed in a variety of categories, such as distribution charges, transmission charges, generation charges, congestion charges, capacity charges, public good charges, and
other similar categories, and may also include a fee, commission or other charge by an unaffiliated broker, aggregator or other intermediary for obtaining or arranging the supply of generated electricity. Landlord shall have the right to select the
generator of electricity to the Premises and to purchase generated electricity for the Premises through a broker, aggregator or other intermediary and/or buyers group or other group and to change the generator of electricity and/or manner of
purchasing electricity from time to time. 
 As used herein, the term “generator of electricity” shall mean one or more companies
(including, but not limited to, an electric utility, generator, independent or non-regulated company) that provides generated power to the Premises or to the Landlord to be provided to the Premises, as the case may be. 

 

	X.	OTHER UTILITIES 

 Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all other utilities
consumed, by Tenant in the Premises, including telephone, cable, other communications and gas (if applicable). Tenant shall pay for such consumption directly to the provider of such utilities. 

  
 61 

 EXHIBIT “E” 

RULES AND REGULATIONS 
  

	1.	The entrance, lobbies, passages, corridors, elevators and stairways shall not be encumbered or obstructed by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, licensees, and visitors, or be used by them for any purpose
other than for ingress and egress to and from the Premises. The moving in or out of all safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time.
Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight and bulky matter to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight and bulky matter which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and
Regulations are a part. 

  

	2.	No curtains, blinds, shades, screens, advertisements, or signs, or the like other than those furnished by Landlord, or otherwise permitted in this Lease, shall be attached to, hung in, affixed to, or used in connection
with any window or door of the Premises or to any other area of the Premises (including without limitation on interior windows, walls and doors) that is visible from the outside of the Building or visible from any common area of the Building,
without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (taking into account such factors such as size, color and style and compatibility with the Building). 

 

	3.	Tenant shall furnish Landlord with master keys or access devices for any security (door access) system provided and installed by Tenant, so long as the same has been approved by Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld. Tenant shall be allowed to place additional locks or bolts upon doors and windows within the Premises, as long as Tenant provides master keys to Landlord as aforesaid as these additional locks and bolts could prove to be a hindrance to
Landlord providing building services, such as cleaning and maintenance. Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, remove all additional locks and bolts and restore all original door hardware and provide Landlord all Building keys either
furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant; and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable replacement cost thereof. 

 

	4.	Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building, or on the Lot or in the Park if applicable, are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. 

 

	5.	Tenant shall comply with all reasonably necessary security measures from time to time established by Landlord for the Building or Park, if any; however, the parties acknowledge that Landlord has no obligation to provide
any security. 

  

	6.	Tenant agrees that there shall be no smoking allowed anywhere in the Premises or Building or within 50’ of any entrance to the Building. 

  
 62 

	7.	No animals, with the exception of “assistance animals” (e.g., seeing eye dogs), shall be brought into the Building by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees, subtenants and assigns.

  

	8.	Users of the common fitness room or shower facilities within the Building shall only place a lock on a locker during the time they are using the fitness, locker mom and/or shower facilities. No overnight use of lockers
is permitted and no locks are permitted on lockers except during workout. Also, no overnight storage of gym bags or like shall be permitted in the common fitness room or shower facilities. 

 

	9.	Bicycles shall be parked at the specific bicycle locations provided and shall not be permitted inside the Building. 

  
 63 

 EXHIBIT “P” 

OPTION TO EXTEND 
 The
Tenant has the option to extend this Lease for two (2) successive five (5) year terms each (each an “Extended Term” or collectively, the “Extended Terms”), the exercise of which shall automatically extend the Term of
the Lease without the necessity of additional documentation. So long as there does not exist any continuing, uncured material default under the Lease beyond notice and cure periods at the time of exercise, the option to extend shall be deemed to
have been exercised by Tenant’s written notification to Landlord that it elects to exercise its option to extend at least twelve (12) months but not more than eighteen (18) months prior to the end of the initial Term hereunder, or
first Extended Term, as applicable. The Extended Terms shall be upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation, the Tenant’s obligations to pay Operating Cost Escalation as set forth in
Section 4.2, except that, without the mutual agreement of the parties (i) there shall be no additional option to extend after the termination of the second Extended Term or the failure to exercise the first or second option, whichever
shall first occur, and (ii) the annual Fixed Rent for the Extended Terms shall be equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the then Market Rent (as defined in and determined in accordance with Exhibit “H”). 

  
 64 

 EXHIBIT “G” 

NOTICE OF LEASE 
 In
accordance with the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws (Ter. Ed.) Chapter 183, Section 4, as amended, notice is hereby given of a certain lease (hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”) dated as of January
    , 2011 by and between Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and Ascend Learning LLC, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 
 1. The
address of the Landlord is c/o The Gutierrez Company, One Wall Street, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803. 
 2. The address of the Tenant is
Five Wall Street, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 
 3. The Lease was executed on January     , 2011, 

4. The Term of the Lease is a period of approximately ten (10) years beginning on the Commencement Date, determined in accordance with
Section 3.2 of the Lease, currently scheduled for July 1, 2011. 
 5. Subject to the provisions of the Lease, the Tenant has the
option to extend the Term of the Lease for two (2) additional five (5) year periods pursuant to Exhibit “F” of the Lease. 

6. The demised premises is approximately 55,166 rentable square feet within a six-story building containing approximately 181,680 rentable
square feet located at Five Wall Street, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 (the “Building”), and the areas of which are the subject of all appurtenant rights and easements set forth in Section 2.1 of the Lease. 

7. Tenant shall have a right of first offer and a right of first refusal to expand the premises, subject to the terms and conditions of the
Lease. 
 8. The lot upon which the Building is located is described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto. 

This Notice of Lease has been executed merely to give notice of the Lease, and all of the terms, conditions and covenants of which are
incorporated herein by reference. The parties hereto do not intend this Notice of Lease to modify or amend the terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease which are incorporated herein by reference. 

  
 65 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Notice of Lease as of this
     day of January, 2011. 
  

			
	LANDLORD:
	
	BURLINGTON OFFICE PARK V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:		The Gutierrez Company, General Partner
		
	By:		  

			Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr.
			President

 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 

MIDDLESEX, SS 
 On this     
day of January, 2011 before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr., President of The Gutierrez Company, General Partner of Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership, proved to me through satisfactory
evidence of identification, which was personal knowledge of the undersigned, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached documents), and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose. 

(official seal) 
  

	
	  

	Notary Public

  
 66 

 
			
	TENANT:
	
	ASCEND LEARNING LLC
		
	By:		  

	Name:		  

	Title:		  

 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 

                     COUNTY 

On this      day of January, 2011 before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared
                                        , the
                                         of
Ascend Learning LLC, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was  ̈ photographic identification with signature issued by a federal or state governmental agency,  ̈ oath or affirmation of a credible witness,  ̈ personal knowledge of the undersigned, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached
documents), and acknowledged to me that he/she signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose. 
 (official seat) 

 

	
	  

	Notary Public

  
 67 

 EXHIBIT “A” TO EXHIBIT “G” 

Lot A shown on a plan entitled “Subdivision Plan of Land in Burlington, Massachusetts”, prepared for The Gutienez Company by Vanasse
Hangen Brustlin, Inc., Scale 1” = 80 feet, dated November 16, 2001, revised January 29, 2002 and recorded with said Deeds, as Plan No. 650 of 2002. A portion of Lot A is registered land, being Lots 6 and 7 shown on Land Court
Plan 34820B. 

  
 68 

 EXHIBIT “H” 

MARKET RENT 
 The market rent for the
Premises shall be the then fair market rent for similar space in similar buildings (size, length of term, age and location) in the Town of Burlington, giving consideration to any concessions and allowances and applicable base years for operating
costs, which such rent (the “Market Rent”) shall be determined as follows: 
  

	(a)	The Market Rent shall be proposed by Landlord within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of Tenant’s notice that it intends to exercise its option to extend the Term as specified in Exhibit “F”
(the “Landlord’s Proposed Market Rent”), The Landlord’s Proposed Market Rent shall be the Market Rent unless Tenant notifies Landlord, within fifteen (15) business days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Proposed
Market Rent, that Landlord’s Proposed Market Rent is not satisfactory to Tenant (“Tenant’s Rejection Notice”). 

  

	(b)	If Tenant delivers Tenant’s Rejection Notice and the Market Rent is not otherwise agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant within forty-five (45) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Rejection Notice,
then the Market Rent shall be determined by the following appraisal procedure: 

  

	 	1.	 Within five (5) business days of the expiration of said forty-five (45) day period, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, which notice shall
specify the name and address of the appraiser designated by Tenant (the “Tenant’s Appraisal Notice”). Landlord shall within five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant’s Appraisal Notice, notify Tenant of the name and
address of the appraiser designated by Landlord. Such two appraisers shall, within twenty (20) business days after the designation of the second appraiser, make their determinations of the Market Rent in writing and give notice thereof to each
other and to Landlord and Tenant. Such two (2) appraisers shall have twenty (20) business days after the receipt of notice of each other’s determination to confer with each other and to attempt to reach agreement as to the
determination of the Market Rent. If such appraisers shall concur in such determination, they shall give notice thereof to Landlord and Tenant and such concurrence shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant, If such appraisers shall fail to
concur as to such determination within said twenty (20) business day period, they shall give notice thereof to Landlord and Tenant and shall immediately designate a third appraiser. If the two appraisers shall fail to agree upon the designation
of such third appraiser within five (5) business days after said twenty (20) business day period, then they or either of them shall give notice of such failure to agree to Landlord and Tenant and if Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon
the selection of such third appraiser within five (5) business days after the appraisers) appointed by the parties give notice as aforesaid, then either party on behalf of both may apply to the American Arbitration Association or any successor
thereto, or on his or her failure, refusal 

  
 69 

	 	
or inability to act, to a court of competent jurisdiction, for the designation of such third appraiser. 

  

	 	2.	All appraisers shall be independent real estate appraisers or consultants who shall have had at least seven (7) years continuous experience in the business of appraising real estate in the suburban Boston area.

  

	 	3.	The third appraiser shall conduct such hearings and investigations as he or she may deem appropriate and shall, within ten (10) business days after the date of his or her designation, make an independent
determination of the Market Rent. 

  

	 	4.	If none of the determinations of the appraisers varies from the mean of the determinations of the other appraisers by more than ten (10%) percent, the average of the determinations of the three (3) appraisers
shall be the Market Rent for the Premises. If, on the other hand, the determination of any single appraiser varies from the average of the determinations of the other two (2) appraisers by more than ten (10%) percent, the average of the
determination of the two (2) appraisers whose determinations are closest shall be the Market Rent. 

  

	 	5.	The determination of the appraisers, as provided above, shall be conclusive upon the parties and shall have the same force and effect as a judgment made in a court of competent jurisdiction. 

 

	 	6.	Each party shall pay fees, costs and expenses of the appraiser selected by it, its own counsel fees, and one-half (1/2) of all other expenses and fees of any such third appraisal. 

  
 70 

 EXHIBIT “I” 

RIGHT-OF FIRST OFFER 
 In
no event shall Landlord, during the Term hereunder, lease or decide to lease, agree to lease, or accept any offer to lease space that from time to time becomes available during the Term on floors 2, 4, 5 and 6 in the Building (each and collectively,
the “ROFO Space”), unless Landlord first affords Tenant an opportunity to lease such area in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit “I” and only after written notice to Tenant, provided that there does not then
exist an uncured, continuing material Event Default under this Lease. Such notice shall contain Landlord’s summary of the essential terms and conditions that it desires to lease such space (i.e., description of such rentable area, the term and
any options to extend or cancel the term, the annual fixed rent amounts, the basic operating cost provisions, and the allowances and other monetary concessions, if any) with respect to such rentable area (such summary shall herein in this Exhibit
“I” be referred to as the “Offer”). Upon receipt of such notice and the Offer from Landlord, and as aforesaid, provided further that there does not then exist an uncured, continuing material Event of Default under this Lease,
Tenant shall have a right to lease any such space on the terms set forth in the Offer by giving notice to Landlord to such effect within seven (7) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice of such Offer. If such notice
is not so timely given by Tenant, then Landlord shall be free to lease the subject space, or portion thereof, on the terms and conditions contained in the Offer, or substantially similar thereto (which for the purposes hereof, Landlord agrees shall
not be more than a five percent (5%) decrease in the net effective rent thereunder ; otherwise, Landlord shall re-offer the space to Tenant, in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit “I”). The non-exercise by Tenant of its rights
under this Exhibit “I” as to any particular ROFO Space described in a particular Offer by Landlord shall not be deemed to waive any of Tenant’s rights of first offer as to the remainder of ROFO Space that becomes available.
This right of first offer shall be considered a reviving offer as to space that becomes available on floor four (4) of the Building only, but any failure to lease ROFO Space shall be deemed to waive any of Tenant’s rights of first offer as
to the remainder of the ROFO Space (I.e. Tenant’s rights hereunder shall not revive), as this right shall be considered a one-time non-reviving right as to ROFO Space on floors 2, 5 and 6 in the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except
as otherwise provided in Exhibit “N”, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that no additional notice shall be required from Landlord regarding the existing space located on the fourth (4th) floor until such space has been leased to a third party and once again becomes available. 

In the event that Tenant accepts Landlord’s offer to lease such ROFO Space described in the Offer, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree
that they shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment to this Lease, specifying that such rentable area is a port of the Premises under this Lease and demising said premises to Tenant on the terms of the Offer with respect to such rentable
space. Such amendment shall also contain other appropriate terms and provisions relating to the addition of such rentable space to this Lease or the leasing of such rentable space, as applicable, and as mutually agreed upon by the parties. The
amendment shall be signed by Tenant within twenty (20) business days of receipt of the proposed agreement from the Landlord 

  
 71 

 
in the form as hereinabove required, Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing to use good faith efforts to finalize the form of amendment as quickly as possible and within said twenty
(20) business day period. In no event shall the foregoing affect the Tenant’s obligation to lease such space once Tenant provides Landlord with its notice exercising its option hereunder as aforesaid, as the parties hereby agree that
Tenant’s notice shall serve as Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s offer to lease such space and that the amendment merely serves as confirmation that the parties shall enter into a written amendment to memorialize the previously
accepted terms. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s rights hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to the existing Right of
First Refusal of Conversent Communications of Massachusetts, Inc., d/b/a One Communications to lease space that becomes available on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building. 

  
 72 

 EXHIBIT “J” 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE 

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT 

SUBORDINATION. NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT 

This Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated January     , 2011,
is made among Ascend Learning LLC (“Tenant”). Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership (“Landlord”), and Bank of America, “N.A., a national banking association (“Mortgagee”). 

WHEREAS, Mortgagee Is the owner of a promissory note (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended,
supplemented, or restated, called the “Note”) dated December 19, 2007, executed by Landlord payable to the order of Mortgagee, in the principal face amount of $30,316,000, bearing Interest and payable as therein provided,
secured by, among other things, a Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the
“Mortgage”), recorded or to be recorded in the land records of Middlesex South Registry of Deeds in Book 50488 Page 313, covering, among other property, the land (the “Land”) described in Exhibit “A” which
is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and the improvements (“Improvements”) thereon (such Land and Improvements being herein together called the “Property”); 

WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant under a lease from Landlord dated January     , , 2011 (herein, as it may from time to time
be renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the “Lease”), covering a portion of the Property (said portion being herein referred to as the “Premises”); and 

WHEREAS, the term “Landlord” as used herein means the present landlord under the Lease or, if the landlord’s interest is
transferred in any manner, the successors) or assign(s) occupying the position of landlord under the Lease at the time in question. 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows: 

1. Subordination. Tenant agrees and covenants that the Lease and the rights of Tenant thereunder, all of Tenant’s right, title and
interest in and to the Premises , and any lease thereafter executed by Tenant covering any part of the Property, are and shall be subject, subordinate and inferior to (a) the lien of the Mortgage, and all right, title and interest of Mortgagee
in the Property, and (b) all other security documents now or hereafter securing payment of any Indebtedness of the Landlord (or any prior landlord) to Mortgagee which cover or affect the Property (the “Security Documents”). This
Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to subordinate the Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security document other than those referred to in the preceding sentence, securing the Indebtedness to Mortgagee. 

2. Non-Disturbance. Mortgagee agrees that so long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default in the payment
of rent, additional rent or other payments or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed (beyond the period, if any, specified in the Lease within which Tenant may cure
such default), 

  
 73 

 (a) Tenant’s possession of the Premises under the Lease shall not be disturbed or
interfered with by Mortgagee in the exercise of any of its foreclosure rights under the Mortgage, including any conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, 

(b) Mortgagee will not join Tenant as a party defendant for the purpose of terminating Tenant’s interest and estate under the Lease in
any proceeding for foreclosure of the Mortgage, and 
 (c) that in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage, whether by power of sale or by
court action, or upon a transfer of the Property by conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Tenant and New Owner (as defined below) as provided, and subject to the limitations
contained in, Section 3 below. 
 3. Attornment 

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage, whether by power of sale or by court action, or upon a
transfer of the Property by conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (the purchaser at foreclosure or the transferee in lieu of foreclosure, including Mortgagee if it is such purchaser or transferee, being herein called “New Owner”), Tenant shall
attorn to the New Owner as Tenant’s new landlord, and agrees that the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Tenant and New Owner upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in the
Lease and this Agreement, except for provisions which are impossible for New Owner to perform; provided, however, that in no event shall the New Owner be: 

(i) liable for any act, omission, default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty, of any previous landlord (including Landlord) or
obligations accruing prior to New Owner’s actual ownership of the Property except with respect to acts, omissions or defaults which continue after New Owner’s actual ownership, which violate New Owner’s obligations as landlord under
the Lease and are curable by New Owner but which New Owner fails to cure within a reasonable time after taking ownership of the Property; 

(ii) subject to any offset, defense, claim or counterclaim which Tenant might be entitled to assert against any previous landlord (including
Landlord) except to the extent expressly provided for in the Lease; 
 (iii) bound by any payment of rent, additional rent or other
payments, made by Tenant to any previous landlord (including Landlord) for more than one (1) month in advance; 
 (iv) bound by any
amendment, or modification of the Lease hereafter made (it being agreed that the exercise of any extension right contained in the Lease shall be binding on New Owner); or 

(v) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have given to any previous landlord (including Landlord) which has not, as such, been transferred
to New Owner. 
 (b) The provisions of this Agreement regarding attornment by Tenant shall be self-operative and effective without the
necessity of execution of any new lease or other document on the part of any party hereto or the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns of any such party. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver upon the request of New
Owner, any instrument or certificate which in the reasonable judgment of New Owner may be necessary or appropriate to evidence 

  
 74 

 
such attornment, including a new lease of the Premises on the same terms and conditions as the Lease for the unexpired term of the Lease. 

4. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of any holder(s) of
any of the indebtedness or obligations secured by the Mortgage, a certificate regarding the status of the Lease, consisting of statements, if true (or if not, specifying why not), (a) that the Lease is in full force and effect, (b) the
date through which rentals have been paid, (c) the date of the commencement of the term of the Lease, (d) the nature of any amendments or modifications of the Lease, (e) to Tenant’s knowledge, no default exists under the Lease,
(f) to Tenant’s knowledge, no setoffs, recoupments, estoppels, claims or counterclaims exist against Landlord, and (g) such other matters as may be reasonably requested to the extent the same are not able to be determined by reviewing
the Lease. 
 5. Acknowledgment and Agreement by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows: 

(a) Tenant acknowledges that the Mortgage contains or will contain an assignment of rents and leases. Tenant hereby expressly consents to
such assignment and agrees that such assignment shall, In nil respects, be superior to any interest Tenant has in the Lease of the Property, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Tenant will not amend, alter or waive any provision of, or
consent to the amendment, alteration or waiver of any provision of the Lease without the prior written consent of Mortgagee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not prepay any rents or other sums due under the lease for
more than one (1) month in advance of the due date therefor. Tenant acknowledges that Mortgagee will rely upon this instrument in connection with such financing. 

(b) Mortgagee, In making any disbursements to Landlord, is under no obligation or duty to oversee or direct the application of the proceeds
of such disbursements, and such proceeds may be used by Landlord for purposes other than improvement of the Property. 
 (c) From and after
the date hereof, in the event of any act or omission by Landlord which would give Tenant the right, either immediately or after the lapse of time, to terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such
right (I) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to the Mortgagee, which may be concurrent with any notice to Landlord; and (ii) until the same period of time as is given to Landlord under the Lease to cure such act or
omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice to Mortgagee and following the time when Mortgagee shall have become entitled under the Mortgage to remedy the same, but in any event thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice or
such longer period of time as may be necessary to cure or remedy such default, act, or omission including such period of time necessary to obtain possession of the Property and thereafter cure such default, net, or omission, during which period of
time Mortgagee shall be required to cure or remedy such default, act or omission. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not, ns to Mortgagee, require cure of any such default which is personal to Landlord, and therefore not susceptible to cure
by Mortgagee. The foregoing shall not apply to the termination rights of Tenant pursuant to Sections 3.2, 7.1 and 8.3 of the Lease. 
 (d)
In the event that Mortgagee notifies Tenant of a default under the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents and demands that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, Tenant shall honor such demand and pay the
full amount of its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, without offset (except as permitted under the Lease), or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice beginning with the payment next due (and not previously
paid) after such notice of default, without inquiry as to whether a default actually exists under the 

  
 75 

 
Mortgage, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note, and notwithstanding any contrary instructions of or demands from Landlord. 

(e) Tenant shall send a copy of any notice or statement under the Lease to Mortgagee at the same time such notice or statement is sent to
Landlord if such notice or statement has a material impact on the economic terms, operating covenants or duration of the Lease. 
 (f)
Tenant has no right or option of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, to purchase the Premises or the Property, or any portion thereof or any interest therein, and to the extent that Tenant has had, or hereafter
acquires, any such right or option, same is hereby acknowledged to be subject and subordinate to the Mortgage and is hereby waived and released as against Mortgagee and New Owner. 

(g) This Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a non-disturbance agreement and Tenant
waives any requirement to the contrary in the Lease. 
 (h) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no liability to Tenant or any other
party for any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of any other lease affecting the Property, including, but not limited to, any provisions relating to exclusive or non-conforming uses or rights, renewal options and
options to expand, and in the event of such a conflict, Tenant shall have no right to cancel the Lease or take any other remedial action against Mortgagee or Now Owner, or against any other party for which Mortgagee or any New Owner would be liable.

 (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Security Documents, neither Mortgagee nor any New Owner shall be liable
for or bound by any Construction Related Obligation under the Lease, As used herein, a “Construction Related Obligation” means any obligation of Landlord under the Lease to make, pay for, or, reimburse Tenant for any alterations,
demolition, or other improvements or work at the Property, including the Premises. 
 (j) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no
obligation nor incur any liability with respect to any warranties of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, including, without limitation, any warranties respecting use, compliance with zoning, Landlord’s title,
Landlord’s authority, habitability, fitness for purpose or possession. 
 (k) In the event that Mortgagee or any New Owner shall
acquire title to the Premises or the Property, Mortgagee or such New Owner shall have no obligation, nor incur any liability, beyond Mortgagee’s or New Owner’s then equity interest, if any, in the Property or the Premises, and Tenant shall
look exclusively to such equity interest of Mortgagee or New Owner, if any, for the payment and discharge of any obligations imposed upon Mortgagee or New Owner hereunder or under the Lease or For recovery of any judgment from Mortgagee, or New
Owner, and in no event shall Mortgagee, New Owner, nor any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, servants, employees or partners ever be personally liable for such judgment. 

(l) Tenant will not permit, the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any hazardous substance as defined in the Lease on the Premises
or Property except for such substances of a type and only in a quantity normally used in connection with the occupancy or operation of buildings (such as non-flammable cleaning fluids and supplies normally used in the day to day operation of first
class establishments similar to the Improvements), which substances are being held, stored, and used in strict compliance with federal, state, and local laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall

  
 76 

 
reimburse and indemnify New Owner or Mortgagee, as applicable, for any loss, liability, claim or expense, including without limitation, cleanup and all other expenses, including, without
limitation, legal fees that New Owner or Mortgagee, as applicable, may incur by reason of Tenant’s violation of the requirements of this Paragraph 5(l). 

6. Acknowledgment and Agreement by Landlord. Landlord, as landlord under the Lease and grantor under the Mortgage, acknowledges and
agrees for itself and its heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, that: (a) this Agreement does not constitute a waiver by Mortgagee of any of its rights under the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents, or in any way release Landlord
from its obligations to comply with the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, agreements and clauses of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents; (b) the provisions of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents remain in full force and
effect and must be complied with by Landlord; and (c) Tenant is hereby authorized to pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee upon receipt of a notice as set forth in paragraph 5(d) above from Mortgagee and that
Tenant is not obligated to inquire as to whether a default actually exists under the Mortgage, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note. Landlord hereby releases and discharges Tenant of and from any liability to Landlord
resulting from Tenant’s payment to Mortgagee in accordance with this Agreement and agrees to credit any amounts so paid to Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, Landlord represents and warrants to Mortgagee that a true and complete copy of
the Lease has been delivered by Landlord to Mortgagee. 
 7. Lease Status. Landlord and Tenant certify to Mortgagee that neither
Landlord nor Tenant has knowledge of any default on the part of the other under the Lease, that the Lease is bona fide and contains all of the agreements of the parties thereto with respect to the letting of the Premises and that all of the
agreements and provisions therein contained are in full force and effect. 
 8. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, demands and
other communications required or which any party desires to give hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or furnished if delivered by personal delivery, by overnight courier with proof of delivery, or by registered or
certified United States mail, postage prepaid, at the addresses specified at the end of this Agreement (unless changed by similar notice in writing given by the particular party whose address is to be changed). Any such notice or communication shall
be deemed to have been given either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mall, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or, in the case of facsimile, upon receipt
of a machine confirmation that the facsimile has been sent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of change of address shall be effective except upon receipt. This Paragraph 8 shall not be construed in any way to affect or impair any waiver of
notice or demand provided in this Agreement or in the Lease or in any document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the loan evidenced by the Note or to require giving of notice or demand to or upon any person in any situation or for any reason.

 9. Miscellaneous. 

(a) This Agreement supersedes any inconsistent provision of the Lease as between Tenant and Mortgagee. 

(b) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to derogate from or in any way impair, or affect the lien, security interest or
provisions of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents. 
 (c) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their
respective successors and permitted assigns, and any New Owner, and its heirs, personal representatives, successors 

  
 77 

 and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment or transfer of the interest of Mortgagee, all
obligations and liabilities of the assigning Mortgagee under this Agreement shall terminate, and thereupon all such obligations and liabilities shall be the responsibility of the party to whom Mortgagee’s interest is assigned or transferred;
and provided further that the interest of Tenant under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of Mortgagee. 

(d) THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION SHALL BB GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND
APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW EXCEPT ONLY TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED NECESSARILY CONTROL. 

(e) The words “herein”, “hereof, “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” as used in this
Agreement refer to this entire Agreement and not to any particular section or provision. 
 (f) This Agreement may not be modified orally or
in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. 
 (g) If any
provision of the Agreement shall be held to be invalid, Illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such Invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not apply to or affect any other provision hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed as if
such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability did not exist. 
 [Signatures Appear on the following page] 

  
 78 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and sealed as of the date
first above written. 
  

							
	ADDRESS OF MORTGAGEE:				MORTGAGEE:
			
	 Bank of America
 225 Franklin
Street
 Boston, MA 02110
 MA1-225-02-04

Attention Douglas E. Kron, Sr. Vice President
 Senior Relationship
Underwriter
				Bank of America, N.A.
				  
 By:
		  
  

				  
 Name:
		  
  

				  
 Title:
		  
  

			
	ADDRESS OF TENANT:				TENANT:
			
					Ascend Learning LLC
	  
 Ascend Learning LLC

Five Wall Street
 Burlington, MA 01803

Attn: Ruth Siporin, Treasurer and Controller
				  
 By:
		  
  

				  
 Name:
		  
  

				  
 Title:
		  
  

			
	ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:				LANDLORD:
			
	 The Gutierrez Company
 Burlington Office
Park
 One Wall Street
				 Burlington Office Park V
 Limited
Partnership

	 Burling, MA 01803
 Attn: Arthur J. Gutierrez,
Jr., President
			By:		 The Gutierrez Company,
 its General
Partner

				  
 By:
		  
  

							Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr., President

  
 79 

 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 

MIDDLESEX, ss 
 On this     
day of January, 2011, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Arthur J. Gutierrez, Jr., President of The Gutierrez Company, General Partner of Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership, proved to me through satisfactory
evidence of Identification, which was personal knowledge of the undersigned, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document(s), and acknowledged to mc that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purposes. 

(official seal) 
  

	
	  

	Notary Public
	My Commission Expires:

 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 

                    , ss 

On this      day of January, 2011, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared
                    ,                     of
Ascend Learning LLC, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification,  ̈ photographic identification with signature Issued by a federal or state governmental agency,  ̈ oath or affirmation of a credible witness,  ̈ personal knowledge of the undersigned, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached
document(s), and acknowledged to me that he/she signed It voluntarily for its stated purpose. 
 (official seal) 

 

	
	  

	Notary Public
	My Commission Expires:

  
 80 

 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 

                    ,ss 

On this      day of January, 2011, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared
                    , the                     of
Bank of America, N.A., proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification,  ̈ photographic identification with signature issued by a federal or state governmental agency,  ̈ oath or .affirmation of a credible witness,  ̈ personal knowledge of the undersigned, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached
document(s), and acknowledged to me that he/she signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose. 
 (official seal) 

 

	
	  

	Notary Public
	My Commission Expires:

  
 81 

 EXHIBIT “A” 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND 
 Lot A
shown on a plan entitled “Subdivision Plan of Land in Burlington, Massachusetts”, prepared for The Gutierrez Company by Vanasse Hangen Brustlin, Inc., Scale 1” = 80 feet, dated November 16, 2001, revised January 29, 2002 and
recorded with said Deeds, as Plan No. 650 of 2002. A portion of Lot A is registered land, being Lots 6 and 7 shown on Land Court Plan 34820B. 

  
 82 

 EXHIBIT “K” 

Tenant Estoppel Certificate 
  

					
	To:		 Bank of America, NA.
 One Federal
Street
 MA5-503-04-16
 Boston, MA 02110

			Attention:		 Relationship Administration
 Commercial Real
Estate Banking

  

					
	Re:		  
		
			  
		

 1. The undersigned, as Tenant of approximately 55,166 square feet of space (the “Premises”) under that
certain Lease dated January     , 2011 (the “Lease”) made with Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership, Landlord, covering space in Landlord’s building (the “Building”) in
Middlesex County, Massachusetts, known as Five Wall Street, hereby certifies as follows: 
 (a) That attached hereto as Exhibit
“A” is a true, correct and complete copy of the Lease, together with all amendments thereto; 
 (b) That the Lease is in full
force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as set forth in Exhibit “A.” The interest of the undersigned in the Lease has not been assigned or encumbered; 

(c) That the Lease, as amended as indicated in Exhibit “A.” represents the entire agreement between the parties as to said
leasing, and that there are no other agreements, written or oral, which affect the occupancy of the Premises by the undersigned; 
 (d) That
all insurance required of the undersigned under the Lease has been provided by the undersigned and all premiums have been paid; 
 (e) That
the commencement date of the term of the Lease was                    , 

(f) That the expiration date of the term of the Lease is
                    , 201  , including any presently exercised option or renewal term, and that the undersigned has no rights to renew,
extend or cancel the Lease or to lease additional space in the Premises or the Building, except as expressly set forth in the Lease; 
 (g)
That in addition to the Premises, the undersigned has the right to use or rent      parking spaces in or near the Building during the term of the Lease; 

  
 83 

 (h) That the undersigned has no option or preferential right to purchase all or any part of the
Premises (or the land or Building of which the Premises are a part), and has no right or interest with respect to the Premises or the Building other than as Tenant under the Lease; 

(i) That all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord and necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied. On this
date there are no existing defenses, offsets, claims or credits which the undersigned has against the enforcement of the Lease except for prepaid rent through
                     (not to exceed one month); 

(j) That all contributions required by the Lease to be paid by Landlord to date for improvements to the Premises have been paid in full. All
improvements or work required under the Lease to be made by Landlord to date, if any, have been completed to the satisfaction of the undersigned. Charges for all labor and materials used or furnished in connection with improvements and/or
alterations made for the account of the undersigned in the Building have been paid in full. The undersigned has accepted the Premises, subject to no conditions other than those set forth in the Lease. The undersigned has entered into occupancy of
the Premises; 
 (k) That the annual minimum rent currently payable under the Lease is $         and
such rent has been paid through                     ; 

(l) That additional rent is payable under the Lease for Operating Costs. The base year for Operating Costs is 2011; 

(m) That the undersigned has made no agreement with Landlord or any agent, representative or employee of Landlord concerning free rent,
partial rent, rebate of rental payments or any other similar rent concession (except as expressly set forth in                     , a copy of which
is attached hereto). No rents have been prepaid more than one (1) month in advance and full rental, including basic minimum rent, if any, has commenced to accrue; 

(o) That there are no defaults by the undersigned or, to the knowledge of the undersigned, the Landlord under the Lease, and no event has
occurred or situation exists that would, with the passage of time, constitute a default under the Lease; 
 (p) That the undersigned has
paid to Landlord a security deposit in the amount of $        ; 
 (q) That the undersigned has all
governmental permits, licenses and consents required for the activities and operations being conducted or to be conducted by it in or around the Building; and 

(r) That as of this date there are no actions, whether voluntary or otherwise, pending against the undersigned or any guarantor of the Lease
under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws of the United States or any stale thereof. 

  
 84 

 2. The undersigned represents and warrants that it has not used, generated, released, discharged, stored or
disposed of any Hazardous Material (as defined in the Lease) on, under, in or about the Building or the land on which the Building is located, other than in the ordinary and commercially reasonable course of the business of the undersigned in
compliance with all applicable laws. Except for any such legal and commercially reasonable use by the undersigned, the undersigned has no actual knowledge that any Hazardous Material is present or has been used, generated, released, discharged,
stored or disposed of by any party, on, under, in or about such Building or land. 
 3. The undersigned acknowledges the light of Lender to rely upon the
certifications and agreements in this Certificate in making a loan to Landlord. The undersigned hereby agrees to furnish Lender with such other and further estoppel certificates as Lender may reasonably request. 

EXECUTED this      day of             ,
            . 
  

			
	  

		
	By:		  

	Name:		  

	Title:		  

  
 85 

 EXHIBIT “L”- 

FORM OF CHANGE ORDER 
 LANDLORD,
TENANT, CONTRACTOR  
 CHANGE PROPOSAL FORM 
  

																	
	Project:		  
														
			  
						R 		  
				NR		  

															
	Proposal No.		  
		Date:		  
								

																	
	From: (Landlord)		  
						BB		  
				TW		  

	To: (Contractor)		  
														
	Copy to: (Tenant)		  
						Entity		  
				Acct.		  

  
  

 

					
	Step 1:		Contractor:		Provide an estimate for the described work.
			Architect:		Develop proper plans and specifications to clarify described work.
			Description:		(List Drawings).

  

									
			Landlord:		  
		Reason:		  

  
  

 

					
	Step 2:		Contractor:		Proceed with work as definitive plans become available.

  

									
			Landlord:		  
		Reason:		  

  
  

 

			
	Step 3:		COST OF WORK

  

											
			a.		Gross cost of the work				$                        		
					(see attached breakdown)						
			b.		Less value of standard tenant allowances				$(                        )		
					(if applicable)						
			c.		Net additional cost of work				$                        		
			d.		Add construction fee and overhead 10%						
					x Item c				$                        		
			e.		Total Cost of Work						$                    

  

									
	Submitted by:		  
				  
		
			Contractor				Date		

  
  

 

			
	Step 4:		The submitted COST OF WORK has been reviewed and is (not) approved.

  

									
	  
						  
		
	Architect						Date		
									

  

											
			DESIGN FEES (including mechanical, structural and electrical engineering)						$                    
			TOTAL COST OF PROPOSAL						$                    

  
  

 

			
	Step 5:		FINAL ACTION

  

											
			a.		The Tenant
                                         
                    hereby agrees to reimburse the Landlord the
					 (Name of Firm)
						

  
 86 

 Total Cost of Proposal shown in Step 4 above. 

 

					
	  
				  

	Authorized Tenant’s Representative				Date

  

	 	b.	This Bulletin is approved (rescinded) and the work above is (not) to be performed. Cost of this work shall be included in Change Order No.     . 

 

					
	  
				  

	Landlord				Date

  
 87 

 EXHIBIT “M” 

FORM LETTER OF CREDIT 
 (THE
ACTUAL FORM WILL DEPEND ON THE ISSUING BANK) 
  

			
	IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER:                        
                                         
                                         
                           

  

									
	DATE:						DELIVERY BY COURIER SERVICE
				
	BENEFICIARY:						APPLICANT:
			
	Burlington Office Park V Limited Partnership				  

	c/o The Gutierrez Company				  

	One Wall Street, Burlington. MA 01803				  

				
	AMOUNT:		USD		$        		EXPIRY
	DATE:								

 AT OUR COUNTERS IN SANTA CLARA,
CALIFORNIA                     
 LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

 WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OP CREDIT NO.      IN YOUR FAVOR EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY, BY ORDER AND FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF                      FOR A SUM OR SUMS NOT EXCEEDING A TOTAL OF
                                         (USD
        ) AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT DRAWN ON US AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS: 
  

	 	1.	THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENTS THERETO, IF ANY. 

  

	 	2.	A DATED STATEMENT FROM THE BENEFICIARY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING THE FOLLOWING: 

“REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE (THE “LEASE”) DATED
                     , 2010 [INSERT LEASE DATE] BETWEEN BENEFICARY AS LANDLORD (THE “LANDLORD”) AND ASCEND LEARNING LLC AS TENANT (THE
“TENANT”). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I AM AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF LANDLORD AND FURTHER CERTIFY THAT: 
  

	 	(I)	 EITHER (A) AN EVENT OF DEFAULT (AS DEFINED IN THE LEASE) HAS OCCURRED AND REMAINS UNCURED BEYOND THE APPLICABLE CURE PERIOD, OR
(B) APPLICANT HAS NOT RENEWED, REPLACED OR AMENDED THE LETTER OF CREDIT BY NOT LATER THAN TWENTY-FIVE (25) BANKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION THEREOF OR PROVIDED A CASH 

  
 88 

	 	
DEPOSIT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE II OF THE LEASE; AND 

  

	 	(II)	THIS DRAWING IN THE AMOUNT OF USD        (INSERT AMOUNT, NOT TO EXCEED AVAILABLE CREDIT) REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE TO LANDLORD UNDER AND PURSUANT TO THE LEASE.” 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE BY THE ISSUING BANK ONE OR MORE TIMES BUT IN EACH INSTANCE TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AND ONLY IN ITS ENTIRETY UP TO THE
THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENTS), IP ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR LETTER OF TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION (IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED HERETO)
AND OUR TRANSFER FEE OF “A OP 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM S250.00). ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE-SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY
OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT TO THE TRANSFEREE. 
 PARTIAL DRAWINGS
ARE ALLOWED. THIS LETTER OP CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED. 

ALL DOCUMENTS INCLUDING DRAFT(S) MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS CREDIT. 

THE LEASE AGREEMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE AGREEMENT BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART
OF THIS CREDIT. 
 ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OP THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS TO US ON A BUSINESS DAY BY OVERNIGHT COURIER
MAIL AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION. 

 

	
	  

 WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE DRAWERS, ENDORSERS AND BONAFIDE HOLDERS THAT THE DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO THE DRAWEE, IF NEGOTIATED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT. 

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAW1NG-UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE
WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR 

  
 89 

 SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A
PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE. 
 THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES 1SP98, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER
OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590 (“ISP98”). 
  

	
	VERY TRULY YOURS,
	
	  

AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL

  
 90 

 EXHIBIT C 

FURNITURE INVENTORY 
 Metal laminate desks
– 5 
 Wood desks – 3 
 7x8 workstations – 39

 Lounge chairs – 2 
 Coffee tables – 2 

Reception desk –1 
 Conference table –1 

Collaboration table –1 
 Square meeting table – 1 

Side/guest chairs –15 
 Task meeting chairs – 42 

Couch – 1 
 Water filtration system – 1 

Refrigerator –1 
 File cabinet –1 

  
 16Exhibit 4.1

 

OSHKOSH CORPORATION

 

as Issuer

 

and

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

 

5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

 

INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF MARCH 2, 2015

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Trustee

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

	
Trust Indenture Act Section
    	
 
    	
Indenture Section
    
	
310
    	
(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
7.1
    
	
 
    	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
7.1
    
	
 
    	
(a)(3)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(a)(4)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(a)(5)
    	
 
    	
7.1
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.3;   7.10
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
311
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
312
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
2.5
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
11.3
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
11.3
    
	
313
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
7.6
    
	
 
    	
(b)(1)
    	
 
    	
7.6
    
	
 
    	
(b)(2)
    	
 
    	
7.6;   7.7
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
7.6;   11.2
    
	
 
    	
(d)
    	
 
    	
7.6
    
	
314
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
4.3;   11.5
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(c)(1)
    	
 
    	
11.4
    
	
 
    	
(c)(2)
    	
 
    	
11.4
    
	
 
    	
(c)(3)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(d)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(e)
    	
 
    	
11.5
    
	
 
    	
(f)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
315
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
7.1
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
1.1,   7.5; 11.2
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
7.1
    
	
 
    	
(d)
    	
 
    	
7.1
    
	
 
    	
(e)
    	
 
    	
6.11
    
	
316
    	
(a) (last   sentence)
    	
 
    	
2.9
    
	
 
    	
(a)(1)(A)
    	
 
    	
6.5
    
	
 
    	
(a)(1)(B)
    	
 
    	
6.4
    
	
 
    	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
6.7
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
2.13
    
	
317
    	
(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
6.8
    
	
 
    	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
6.9
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
2.3
    
	
318
    	
(a)
    	
 
    	
11.1
    
	
 
    	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
 
    	
(c)
    	
 
    	
11.1
    

 

N.A. means not applicable.

 

*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE I
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 1.1
    	
Definitions
    	
1
    
	
SECTION 1.2
    	
Other   Definitions
    	
36
    
	
SECTION 1.3
    	
Incorporation   by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    	
37
    
	
SECTION 1.4
    	
Rules of   Construction
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE II
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
THE NOTES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 2.1
    	
Form and   Dating
    	
38
    
	
SECTION 2.2
    	
Authentication   and Execution
    	
40
    
	
SECTION 2.3
    	
Registrar;   Paying Agent
    	
43
    
	
SECTION 2.4
    	
Paying   Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    	
43
    
	
SECTION 2.5
    	
Holder   Lists
    	
44
    
	
SECTION 2.6
    	
Book-Entry   Provisions for Global Securities
    	
44
    
	
SECTION 2.7
    	
Substituted   Notes
    	
49
    
	
SECTION 2.8
    	
Outstanding   Notes
    	
50
    
	
SECTION 2.9
    	
Treasury   Notes
    	
50
    
	
SECTION 2.10
    	
Temporary   Notes
    	
50
    
	
SECTION 2.11
    	
Cancellation
    	
51
    
	
SECTION 2.12
    	
Defaulted   Interest
    	
51
    
	
SECTION 2.13
    	
Record   Date
    	
51
    
	
SECTION 2.14
    	
Computation   of Interest
    	
51
    
	
SECTION 2.15
    	
CUSIP   Number
    	
52
    
	
SECTION 2.16
    	
Special   Transfer Provisions
    	
52
    
	
SECTION 2.17
    	
Issuance   of Additional Notes
    	
55
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE III
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 3.1
    	
Notices   to Trustee
    	
56
    
	
SECTION 3.2
    	
Selection   of Notes to Be Redeemed
    	
56
    
	
SECTION 3.3
    	
Notice   of Redemption
    	
57
    
	
SECTION 3.4
    	
Effect   of Notice of Redemption
    	
58
    
	
SECTION 3.5
    	
Deposit   of Redemption of Purchase Price
    	
58
    
	
SECTION 3.6
    	
Notes   Redeemed in Part
    	
58
    
	
SECTION 3.7
    	
Optional   Redemption
    	
58
    
	
SECTION 3.8
    	
Mandatory   Redemption
    	
59
    
	
SECTION 3.9
    	
Offer   to Purchase
    	
59
    

 

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE IV
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
COVENANTS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 4.1
    	
Payment   of Notes
    	
61
    
	
SECTION 4.2
    	
Maintenance   of Office or Agency
    	
61
    
	
SECTION 4.3
    	
Provision   of Financial Information
    	
62
    
	
SECTION 4.4
    	
Compliance   Certificate
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 4.5
    	
Taxes
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 4.6
    	
Stay,   Extension and Usury Laws
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 4.7
    	
Limitation   on Restricted Payments
    	
63
    
	
SECTION 4.8
    	
Limitation   on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    	
67
    
	
SECTION 4.9
    	
Limitation   on Incurrence of Debt
    	
70
    
	
SECTION 4.10
    	
Limitation   on Asset Sales
    	
71
    
	
SECTION 4.11
    	
Limitation   on Transactions with Affiliates
    	
73
    
	
SECTION 4.12
    	
Limitation   on Liens
    	
75
    
	
SECTION 4.13
    	
Limitation   on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    	
75
    
	
SECTION 4.14
    	
Offer   to Purchase upon Change of Control Triggering Event
    	
76
    
	
SECTION 4.15
    	
Corporate   Existence
    	
77
    
	
SECTION 4.16
    	
[Reserved]
    	
77
    
	
SECTION 4.17
    	
Additional   Note Guarantees
    	
77
    
	
SECTION 4.18
    	
Limitation   on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    	
78
    
	
SECTION 4.19
    	
Payments   for Consent
    	
78
    
	
SECTION 4.20
    	
Suspension   of Covenants
    	
78
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE V
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
SUCCESSORS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 5.1
    	
Consolidation,   Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease
    	
79
    
	
SECTION 5.2
    	
Successor   Person Substituted
    	
81
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE VI
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 6.1
    	
Events   of Default
    	
81
    
	
SECTION 6.2
    	
Acceleration
    	
83
    
	
SECTION 6.3
    	
Other   Remedies
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 6.4
    	
Waiver   of Past Defaults
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 6.5
    	
Control   by Majority
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 6.6
    	
Limitation   on Suits
    	
84
    
	
SECTION 6.7
    	
Rights   of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    	
85
    
	
SECTION 6.8
    	
Collection   Suit by Trustee
    	
85
    
	
SECTION 6.9
    	
Trustee   May File Proofs of Claim
    	
85
    

 

ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 6.10
    	
Priorities
    	
86
    
	
SECTION 6.11
    	
Undertaking   for Costs
    	
87
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE VII
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
TRUSTEE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 7.1
    	
Duties   and Responsibilities of Trustee
    	
87
    
	
SECTION 7.2
    	
Reliance   on Documents, Opinions, etc.
    	
88
    
	
SECTION 7.3
    	
Trustee   and Agents May Own Notes
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 7.4
    	
No   Responsibility for Recitals, etc.
    	
89
    
	
SECTION 7.5
    	
Notice   of Defaults
    	
90
    
	
SECTION 7.6
    	
Reports   by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    	
90
    
	
SECTION 7.7
    	
Compensation   and Expenses of Trustee
    	
90
    
	
SECTION 7.8
    	
Resignation   or Removal of Trustee and Successor Trustee
    	
91
    
	
SECTION 7.9
    	
Successor   Trustee by Merger, Etc.
    	
93
    
	
SECTION 7.10
    	
Eligibility   of Trustee
    	
93
    
	
SECTION 7.11
    	
Limitation   on Rights of Trustee as a Creditor
    	
94
    
	
SECTION 7.12
    	
Trustee’s   Application for Instructions from the Issuer
    	
94
    
	
SECTION 7.13
    	
Conflicting   Interest of Trustee
    	
94
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE VIII
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 8.1
    	
Option   to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    	
94
    
	
SECTION 8.2
    	
Defeasance   and Discharge
    	
95
    
	
SECTION 8.3
    	
Covenant   Defeasance
    	
96
    
	
SECTION 8.4
    	
Conditions   to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    	
96
    
	
SECTION 8.5
    	
Deposited   Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous   Provisions
    	
98
    
	
SECTION 8.6
    	
Repayment   to Issuer
    	
99
    
	
SECTION 8.7
    	
Reinstatement
    	
99
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE IX
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 9.1
    	
Without   Consent of Holders of the Notes
    	
99
    
	
SECTION 9.2
    	
With   Consent of Holders of Notes
    	
100
    
	
SECTION 9.3
    	
Compliance   with Trust Indenture Act
    	
101
    
	
SECTION 9.4
    	
Revocation   and Effect of Consents
    	
101
    
	
SECTION 9.5
    	
Notation   on or Exchange of Notes
    	
102
    
	
SECTION 9.6
    	
Trustee   to Sign Amendments, Etc.
    	
102
    

 

iii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE X
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
NOTE GUARANTEES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 10.1
    	
Note   Guarantees
    	
102
    
	
SECTION 10.2
    	
Execution   and Delivery of Note Guarantee
    	
104
    
	
SECTION 10.3
    	
Severability
    	
104
    
	
SECTION 10.4
    	
Limitation   of Guarantors’ Liability
    	
104
    
	
SECTION 10.5
    	
Guarantors   May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms
    	
105
    
	
SECTION 10.6
    	
Releases
    	
106
    
	
SECTION 10.7
    	
Release   of a Guarantor
    	
106
    
	
SECTION 10.8
    	
Benefits   Acknowledged
    	
106
    
	
SECTION 10.9
    	
Future   Guarantors
    	
106
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ARTICLE XI
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
MISCELLANEOUS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 11.1
    	
Trust   Indenture Act Controls
    	
107
    
	
SECTION 11.2
    	
Notices
    	
107
    
	
SECTION 11.3
    	
Communication   by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    	
108
    
	
SECTION 11.4
    	
Certificate   and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    	
108
    
	
SECTION 11.5
    	
Statements   Required in Certificate or Opinion
    	
109
    
	
SECTION 11.6
    	
Rules by   Trustee and Agents
    	
109
    
	
SECTION 11.7
    	
No   Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees, Equity Owners   and the Trustee
    	
109
    
	
SECTION 11.8
    	
Governing   Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.9
    	
No   Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.10
    	
Successors
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.11
    	
Severability
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.12
    	
Counterpart   Originals
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.13
    	
Table   of Contents, Headings, Etc.
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.14
    	
Qualification   of Indenture
    	
110
    
	
SECTION 11.15
    	
U.S.A.   Patriot Act
    	
111
    
	
SECTION 11.16
    	
Force   Majeure
    	
111
    

 

iv

 

EXHIBITS

 

	
Exhibit A
    	
 
    	
FORM OF   5.375% SENIOR NOTE
    
	
Exhibit B
    	
 
    	
FORM OF   NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE
    
	
Exhibit C
    	
 
    	
FORM OF   CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE   144A
    
	
Exhibit D
    	
 
    	
FORM OF   CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO   REGULATION S
    

 

v

 

This Indenture, dated as of March 2, 2015, is by and among Oshkosh Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company” or the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) the Issuer’s 5.375% Senior Notes due 2025 issued on the date hereof that contain the restrictive legend in Exhibit A (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act without the restrictive legends in Exhibit A (the “Exchange Notes”) and (iii) Additional Notes issued from time to time as either new Initial Notes or new Exchange Notes (together with the original Initial Notes and any original Exchange Notes, the “Notes”).

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1  Definitions.

 

“Acquired Debt” means Debt (1) of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.  Acquired Debt shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the original Initial Notes or the original Exchange Notes) issued pursuant to Article II hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent (so long as Trustee serves in such capacity) or co-registrar.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, at any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of Notes being redeemed and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the Redemption Price with respect to such principal amount on March 1, 2020 (such Redemption Price being that calculated in accordance with Section 3.7(a)(i)) plus (2)

 

 

all required remaining scheduled interest payments due with respect to such principal amount through such date (without regard to accrued and unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount being redeemed on such redemption date; and, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

“ASC” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Net Income.”

 

“Asset Acquisition” means:

 

(a)                                 an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)                                 the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

 

“Asset Sale” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person (other than to the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of related transactions of:

 

(i)                                     Capital Interests in another Person (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local law); or

 

(ii)                                  any other property or assets (other than in the normal course of business, including any sale or other disposition of obsolete, worn out, permanently retired equipment or surplus assets);

 

provided, however, that the term “Asset Sale” shall exclude:

 

(a)                                 any asset disposition permitted by Article V that constitutes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(b)                                 any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of property or assets, the gross proceeds of which (exclusive of indemnities) do not exceed in any one or related series of transactions $20.0 million;

 

(c)                                  sales or other dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents;

 

(d)                                 sales of interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

2

 

(e)                                  the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof;

 

(f)                                   the disposition of assets that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are no longer used or useful in the business of the applicable entity;

 

(g)                                  a Restricted Payment that is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

 

(h)                                 any trade-in of equipment in exchange for other equipment; provided that in the good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives equipment having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the equipment being traded in;

 

(i)                                     the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person to the extent that the Related Business Assets received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are of equivalent or better market value than the Related Business Assets transferred;

 

(j)                                    the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien);

 

(k)                                 leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(l)                                     any disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(m)                             dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(n)                                 licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                 any transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition of property or assets consisting of auction rate securities;

 

(p)                                 any transfer of accounts receivable or other financial assets, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by a Receivable Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(q)                                 any sales of accounts receivable or other financial assets, directly or indirectly, to a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof (including the issuance of equity by and/or an increase in the value of the equity of such Receivable Subsidiary); including cash or other

 

3

 

financial accommodation, such as the provision of letters of credit by such Receivable Subsidiary on behalf of or for the benefit of the transferor of such accounts receivable or other financial assets, in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof (for the purposes of this clause (q), Purchase Money Notes will be deemed to be cash);

 

(r)                                    foreclosures on assets to the extent it would not otherwise result in a Default or Event of Default;

 

(s)                                   transfers of Leasing Assets to or by a Leasing Subsidiary solely in connection with a Leasing Transaction in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(t)                                    any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; or

 

(u)                                 dispositions of property located outside of the United States (and not moved outside the United States in anticipation of such disposition).

 

For purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.

 

“Asset Sale Offer” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 to all Holders.

 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended).

 

“Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

 

4

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, its board of directors (or the substantial equivalent if such entity is not a corporation) or any duly authorized committee thereof, as applicable.

 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by a Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

“Capital Interests” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including Preferred Interests), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such Person.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” means any obligation of a Person under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Certificated Notes” means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, other than the Global Notes.

 

“Change of Control” means:

 

(1)                                 the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), that is or becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (1) such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Interests in the Company,

 

(2)                                 the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a series of related transactions), other than by merger or consolidation, all or substantially all of its consolidated assets to a Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or

 

(3)                                 the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case pursuant to a transaction or series of related transactions in which any of the outstanding Voting Interests of the Company are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction or series of related transactions where the Voting Interests of

 

5

 

the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto are converted into or exchanged for Voting Interests of the surviving or continuing Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Interests of such surviving or continuing Person (immediately after giving effect to such conversion or exchange).

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Decline.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

 

“Common Interests” of any Person means Capital Interests in such Person that do not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Interests of any other class in such Person.

 

“Company” or “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor thereto.

 

“Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by one of its Officers and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period:

 

(i)                                     the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of:

 

(a)                                 Consolidated Net Income;

 

(b)                                 Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

 

(c)                                  Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income;

 

(d)                                 Consolidated Income Tax Expense;

 

(e)                                  (i)  any net loss from discontinued operations and (ii) any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of any issuance of Debt or Capital Interests, acquisition or disposition permitted under this Indenture; and

 

(f)                                   any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription

 

6

 

or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Capital Interests of the Company (other than Redeemable Capital Interests); less

 

(ii)                                  (x) net income from discontinued operations and (y) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains.

 

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “Transaction Date”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the “Four Quarter Period”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period.  In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect (i) to the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate or equity owner of the entity involved in any Asset Acquisition to the extent such costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of the intent to eliminate or reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation and not replaced; and (ii) on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions, investments, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the Incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Debt), investment, merger, consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.  For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in the good faith determination of the Company.

 

Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:

 

(i)                                     interest on outstanding Debt determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Debt in effect on the Transaction Date; and

 

(ii)                                  if interest on any Debt actually Incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period.

 

If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person (excluding credit support for third party customer financing in the ordinary course of business) and such Guarantee or the Debt subject thereto is not otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated Fixed Charges, the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge

 

7

 

Coverage Ratio shall give effect to the Incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly Incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt as if such Guarantee occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.

 

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of:

 

(i)                                     Consolidated Interest Expense; and

 

(ii)                                  the product of (a) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Interests), times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.

 

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (x) if such Person is not a corporation, the permitted tax payments of such Person for such period, or (y) if such Person is a corporation, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(i)                                     the total interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation or duplication:

 

(a)                                 any amortization of debt discount;

 

(b)                                 the net cost under any Hedging Obligation or Swap Contract in respect of interest rate protection (including any amortization of discounts);

 

(c)                                  the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;

 

(d)                                 all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to financing activities or similar activities; and

 

(e)                                  all accrued interest;

 

(ii)                                  the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and

 

8

 

(iii)                               all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;

 

less interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that Consolidated Interest Expense will exclude (I) the amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses, (II) any expensing of interim loan commitment and other financing fees, (III) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Notes and (IV) capitalized costs incurred in connection with the initial closing of any Hedging Obligation or Swap Contract .

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by:

 

(A)                               excluding, without duplication

 

(i)                                     all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges;

 

(ii)                                  the portion of net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to minority or non-controlling interests in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased in amounts equal to the amounts of cash actually received;

 

(iii)                               gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis;

 

(iv)                              the net income (loss) from any disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis;

 

(v)                                 solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased in amounts equal to the amounts of cash actually received;

 

9

 

(vi)                              any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

(vii)                           any fees and expenses paid in connection with the issuance of the Notes;

 

(viii)                        non-cash compensation expense Incurred with any issuance of equity interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ix)                              any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Debt;

 

(x)                                 any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” or ASC Topic 360 “Property, Plant and Equipment,” and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” or any related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards;

 

(xi)                              non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” or any related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards;

 

(xii)                           any net unrealized gains and losses relating to mark-to-market of amounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC Topic 830 “Foreign Currency Matters” or any related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards;

 

(xiii)                        accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition in accordance with GAAP;

 

(xiv)                       any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt (including any net gain or loss resulting from obligations under Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses;

 

(xv)                          any accruals and reserves that are established for expenses and losses, in respect of equity-based awards compensation expense (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce Consolidated Net Income to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);

 

(xvi)                       any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any

 

10

 

Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days);

 

(xvii)                    to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; and

 

(B)                               including, without duplication, dividends and distributions from joint ventures actually received in cash by the Company.

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” of any Person means the aggregate amount of assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (to the extent otherwise included therein) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual (as the case may be) consolidated balance sheet (prior to the relevant date of determination) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill, other intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses) and other non-cash expenses, charges, losses and other items of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss and excluding any charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).

 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.2 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 

“Credit Agreement” means the Company’s senior credit facilities, dated as of March 21, 2014, between the Company and guarantors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees, and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, renewed, refunded or replaced (whether at maturity, upon early repayment and termination or thereafter) in whole or in part from time to time including by

 

11

 

or pursuant to one or more agreements or indentures, including any agreement or indenture that extends the maturity of any Debt thereunder, or increases the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under clause (i) of the definition of the term “Permitted Debt”), or adds or changes the borrower or guarantor thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders.

 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more credit facilities (including the Credit Agreement) and indentures with banks or other lenders or investors providing for revolving or term loans or debt or the issuance of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances.

 

“Debt” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following:  (i) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property, excluding any trade payables or other current liabilities Incurred in the normal course of business; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are secured by cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents), bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (excluding obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables) issued for the account of such Person; provided that such obligations shall not constitute Debt except to the extent drawn and not repaid within five Business Days; (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement (other than operating leases) with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person; (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at the time of determination; (vii) any Swap Contracts and Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; (viii) Attributable Debt with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party; and (ix) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by (or the holder of such Debt or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt.  For purposes of the foregoing:  (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Capital Interests that do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital Interests were repurchased on any date on which Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Interests; (b) the amount outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (vii) is the net amount payable (after giving effect to permitted set off) if such Swap Contracts or Hedging Obligations are terminated at that time due to default of such Person; (d) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(A) above shall be the stated or determinable amount of or, if not stated or if indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability under any such Guarantee; (e)

 

12

 

the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; (f) interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Debt and (g) the amount of Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be calculated without duplication of Guarantees of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or assets, the term “Debt” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter, and (ii) the term “Debt” will exclude debt that has been defeased, satisfied and discharged, repaid, retired, repurchased or redeemed in accordance with its terms and, to the extent such defeasance, satisfaction and discharge, repayment, retirement, repurchase or redemption constitutes a Restricted Payment, in accordance with Section 4.7.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations and Guarantees as described above and, only upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligations, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability of any contingent obligations (other than Guarantees) at such date; provided, however, that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.  If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the amount of Debt of such Person shall give effect to the Incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt (excluding credit support for third party customer financing in the ordinary course of business) as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly Incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration, including Related Business Assets and Capital Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

13

 

“Eligible Bank” means a bank or trust company that (i) is licensed, chartered or organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or Canada, or any state, territory, province or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and (iii) the senior Debt of which is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by S&P.

 

“Eligible Cash Equivalents” means any of the following Investments:  (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank, provided that such Investments have a maturity date not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the Average Life of all such Investments is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, provided that such Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the holder thereof, within 365 days after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from S&P or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized rating agency); (v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company and other than structured investment vehicles, provided that such Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi)(A) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and (B) overnight and demand deposits in any other bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) corporate bonds rated A/A2 or better; (viii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through (vii); and (ix) Investments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in clause (viii) above denominated in U.S. dollars, Euros or any other foreign currency issued by a foreign issuer or bank comparable in credit quality and tender to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized or operating in such jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Company.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same may be in effect from time to time.  References to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

“Exchange Offer” means an offer that may be made by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Initial Notes for the Exchange Notes.

 

14

 

“Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any transaction or series of transactions, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Company.  In the case of a transaction between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and a Receivable Subsidiary, on the other hand, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that such determination is appropriate, a determination as to Fair Market Value may be made at the commencement of the transaction and be applicable to all dealings between the Receivable Subsidiary and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary during the course of such transaction.

 

“Floor Plan Financing Facility” means any facility entered or to be entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which such Person may (i) incur Debt to purchase vehicles and/or related equipment from vendors for the prompt resale to customers in the ordinary course of business and (ii) grant a security interest in such vehicles and/or related equipment to secure such borrowings.

 

“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

“Four Quarter Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect from time to time; provided, that solely for purposes of calculating Capital Lease Obligations and determining whether a lease constitutes an operating lease or a capital lease, “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States on December 31, 2014 consistently applied.

 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend identified as such in Section 2.6(e)(ii) hereto.

 

“Global Notes” means the Notes in global form and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

“Guarantee” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the normal course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the Debt of any other Person in any manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment (or payment of damages in the event of non-payment) of all or any part of such Debt of another Person (and “Guaranteed” and “Guaranteeing” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing).

 

15

 

“Guarantor” means any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its respective successors and assigns (subject to release in accordance with this Indenture).

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement, excluding commodity agreements relating to raw materials used in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the security register.

 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or other applicable accounting standards, of any such Debt on the balance sheet of such Person; provided, however, that a change in GAAP or an interpretation thereunder that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt.  Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company.  “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing.  A Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt.  In addition, the following shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt:

 

(1)                                 amortization of debt discount or accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security;

 

(2)                                 the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Interests in the form of additional Capital Interests of the same class and with the same terms;

 

(3)                                 the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and

 

(4)                                 unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and such other initial purchasers party to the Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes on the Issue Date and any similar purchase agreement in connection with any Additional Notes.

 

16

 

“Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance, guarantee for the benefit of (or other extension of credit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the following:  (i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial ownership in another Person; (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the Debt of another Person; and (iii) the purchase or acquisition of the business or assets of another Person substantially as an entirety but shall exclude:  (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit in accordance with the Company’s customary practices; (b) the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of business.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” designates a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s. In the event that the Issuer shall select any other Rating Agency as provided under the definition of the term “Rating Agencies,” the equivalent of such ratings by such Rating Agency shall be used.

 

“Issue Date” means March 2, 2015.

 

“Issuer” or “Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor thereto.

 

“Leasing Assets” means, with respect to any lease, all of the following property and interests in property whether now existing or existing in the future or hereafter acquired or arising: (i) all vehicles or equipment manufactured or refurbished by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (and truck chassis, cement block boom trucks and similar vehicles or equipment manufactured or refurbished by third parties) and acquired by a Leasing Subsidiary in connection with such assets being contemporaneously leased to a third party; (ii) all leases and other contracts or agreements relating to the lease financing by a customer of vehicles or equipment manufactured or refurbished by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) all accounts receivable and other obligations incurred by lessees in connection with the foregoing, no matter how evidenced; (iv) all rights to any vehicles or equipment subject to any of the foregoing after or in connection with creation of the foregoing, including, without limitation, returned or repossessed goods; (v) all reserves and credit balances with respect to any such lease contracts or agreements or lessees; (vi) all letters of credit, security or guarantees for any of the foregoing; (vii) all insurance policies or reports relating to any of the foregoing; and (viii) all books and records relating to any of the foregoing.

 

“Leasing Subsidiary” means Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services, Inc., Oshkosh Equipment Finance, L.L.C. and any other Subsidiary (or partnership of which a Subsidiary of the Company is a general or limited partner) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as a Leasing Subsidiary and that is exclusively engaged in Leasing Transactions and activities incidental thereto. If at any time any Leasing Subsidiary should engage in a material transaction or activity other than those described above, it shall thereafter cease to be a Leasing Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture.

 

17

 

“Leasing Transaction” means (i) the sale, lease or other disposition to a third party of Leasing Assets or an interest therein; (ii) the borrowing of money secured by Leasing Assets; or (iii) the sale or other disposition of Leasing Assets or an interest therein to a Leasing Subsidiary followed by a financing transaction in connection with such sale or disposition of such Leasing Assets (whether such financing transaction is effected by such Leasing Subsidiary or by a third party to whom such Leasing Subsidiary sells such Leasing Assets or interests therein); provided that in each of the foregoing, the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive or have received at least 95% of the aggregate sale price attributed to the vehicles and equipment that underlie the leases financed in such transaction.

 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the designated Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date or a redemption date in a place of payment is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

“Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the total consolidated Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Four Quarter Period for which financial statements are publicly available, which would be reflected as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared as of such date in the good faith determination of the Company, minus the cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities reflected as assets on such consolidated balance sheet, to (y) the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the then most recent Four Quarter Period for which financial statements are publicly available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to the amount of consolidated Debt and Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security purposes, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance or other security agreement or arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents received, net of:  (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (ii) all payments made by such Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance

 

18

 

with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) in connection with such Asset Sale; and (iii) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided, however, that:  (a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (II) GAAP to be reserved against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted.

 

“Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Receivable Subsidiary.”

 

“Note Custodian” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Debt.

 

“Offer” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

 

“Offer to Purchase” means a written offer (the “Offer”) sent by the Company by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture).  Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the offer shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer (or, if such Offer is conditioned upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, not more than 60 days after the date of such Change of Control Triggering Event) and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at

 

19

 

least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.  The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.  The Offer shall also state:

 

(1)                                 the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

 

(2)                                 the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

 

(3)                                 the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Indenture covenants requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “Purchase Amount”);

 

(4)                                 the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $2,000 principal amount of Notes (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “Purchase Price”);

 

(5)                                 that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof);

 

(6)                                 the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

 

(7)                                 that, unless the Company defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;

 

(8)                                 that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

 

(9)                                 that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing);

 

(10)                          that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Company (or its paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name

 

20

 

of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of such Holder’s tender;

 

(11)                          that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

 

(12)                          if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum related to the issuance of the Initial Notes on the Issue Date, dated February 17, 2015.

 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President of such Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Sections 2.1(f), 2.2(b), 11.4 and 11.5 to the extent required by the provisions of such Sections.

 

“Participant” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, covenant defeasance or similar payment with respect to, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

 

“Permitted Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or

 

21

 

expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company.

 

“Permitted Debt” means

 

(i)                                     Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) $1,900.0 million minus any amount used to permanently repay such Obligations (or permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto) pursuant to Section 4.10, and (B) an amount equal to 3.5 multiplied by the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent Four Quarter Period, after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions, investments, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the determination date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the Incurrence or assumption of any Acquired Debt), investment, merger, consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in the good faith determination of the Company;

 

(ii)                                  Debt under the Notes issued on the Issue Date (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) and contribution, indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Company or any Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Notes;

 

(iii)                               Guarantees of the Notes (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement);

 

(iv)                              Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (other than clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above);

 

(v)                                 Debt owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(vi)                              Guarantees Incurred by the Company of Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture;

 

(vii)                           Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt under the Credit Agreement, provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof and (b) if the Debt being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Debt being guaranteed;

 

(viii)                        Debt Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance and self-insurance obligations, and, for the avoidance of doubt, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating

 

22

 

purposes and completion guarantees provided or Incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)                              Debt under Swap Contracts and Hedging Obligations;

 

(x)                                 Debt owed by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, or by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to any other Restricted Subsidiary, provided that if for any reason such Debt ceases to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Debt shall cease to be Permitted Debt under this clause (x) and shall be deemed Incurred as Debt of the Company for purposes of this Indenture;

 

(xi)                              Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at the time of incurrence may not exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 5.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the aggregate;

 

(xii)                           Debt arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earnout, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

(xiii)                        the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Interests; provided, however, that:

 

(a)                                 any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Interests that results in any such Preferred Interests being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(b)                                 any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Interests to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Interests by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (xiii);

 

(xiv)                       Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence and Debt arising from negative account balances in cash pooling arrangements arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xv)                          Debt owing to the Company by any Subsidiary or Debt owing to any Guarantor Subsidiary by the Company or another Subsidiary;

 

23

 

(xvi)                       Debt incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to any Floor Plan Financing Facility that (A) is non-interest bearing and has a stated maturity of 120 days or less, or (B) does not exceed any time outstanding $100.0 million;

 

(xvii)                    obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries in respect of customer advances received and held in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xviii)                 Debt constituting credit support for third party customer financing in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xix)                       performance bonds or performance guaranties (or bank guaranties or letters of credit in lieu thereof) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xx)                          Debt incurred by a Leasing Subsidiary in a Leasing Transaction that is non-recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Leasing Subsidiaries);

 

(xxi)                       Guarantees by the Company with respect to up to $10.0 million at any time outstanding of Debt of Leasing Subsidiaries;

 

(xxii)                    Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted pursuant to this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at the time of incurrence the greater of $250.0 million and 9.25% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(xxiii)                 Refinancing Debt.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debt permitted under clauses (i), (ii), (xi) and (xv) of this definition of “Permitted Debt” shall not constitute “Refinancing Debt” under clause (xxiii) of this definition of “Permitted Debt.”

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(a)                                 Liens existing at the Issue Date;

 

(b)                                 Liens that secure (A) Debt under Credit Facilities permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” (B) Hedging Obligations and Swap Contracts relating to such Credit Facilities and permitted under the agreements related thereto and (C) fees, expenses and other amounts payable under such Credit Facilities or payable pursuant to cash management agreements or agreements with respect to similar banking services relating to such Credit Facilities and permitted under the agreements related thereto;

 

(c)                                  any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not then delinquent for more than 90 days, that are then remaining payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP and, in each case, to the extent no notice of lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;

 

24

 

(d)                                 any warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanic’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens arising by law for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, remain payable without penalty or are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP);

 

(e)                                  survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially impair the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(f)                                   pledges or deposits (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment and other insurance, other social security legislation and other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body; (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts (including utility contracts) and other similar obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business; (iii) to obtain or secure obligations with respect to letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case not Incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or the Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA); or (iv) arising in connection with any attachment unless such Liens shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay;

 

(g)                                  Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person acquires such property or assets, is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and not created or Incurred in anticipation of such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired and the proceeds thereof;

 

(h)                                 Liens securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

 

(i)                                     for the avoidance of doubt, other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially impair the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

25

 

(j)                                    Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clauses (a), (b), (g), (m) and (w) hereof to the extent that such Liens do not extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount of the obligations secured by such Liens is not increased;

 

(k)                                 Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                     licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                             Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (xi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any assets other than such assets acquired or constructed after the Issue Date with the proceeds of such Capital Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation or Purchase Money Debt and any assets that, in the ordinary course of business, are subject to Liens in favor of the same creditor for other assets subject to existing Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt;

 

(n)                                 Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(o)                                 Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligation in respect of letters of credit and banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(p)                                 Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

 

(q)                                 Liens on property or shares of Capital Interests of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that (i) the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto) and (ii) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(r)                                    Liens (i) that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the

 

26

 

issuance of Debt, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations and other cash management activities incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (Y) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (Z) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary account agreements encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(s)                                   Liens securing judgments or judicial attachment for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (7) of Section 6.1 so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(t)                                    leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt;

 

(u)                                 any interest of title of (i) an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or consignment, or as part of a conditional sale, to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and (ii) a lessor or secured by a lessor’s interest under any lease permitted under this Indenture;

 

(v)                                 deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(w)                               Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(x)                                 Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Swap Contracts so long as any related Debt is permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture;

 

(y)                                 options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and the like permitted to be made under this Indenture;

 

(z)                                  Liens attaching to earnest money deposits (or equivalent deposits otherwise named) made in connection with proposed acquisitions in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

 

(aa)                          (i) set-off rights not otherwise set forth in clause (r) above, or (ii) Liens arising in connection with repurchase agreements that constitute Investments;

 

27

 

(bb)                          Liens on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed in connection with contracts entered into the ordinary course of business;

 

(cc)                            Liens on vehicles or related property securing Obligations under any Floor Plan Financing Facility permitted by this Indenture incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Obligations at any time outstanding under all Floor Plan Financing Facilities after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed the total cost of the vehicles and equipment securing such Obligations;

 

(dd)                          Liens on assets of a Leasing Subsidiary securing Debt under Leasing Transactions that was permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture, and Liens on Leasing Assets for which the applicable lessee is not permitted by applicable law to hold title to such Leasing Assets;

 

(ee)                            Liens on the Capital Interests of a Receivable Subsidiary and accounts receivable and other financial and related assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction, in each case, incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and in an aggregate amount not to exceed at the time of creation the greater of $350.0 million and 12.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ff)                              Liens securing Obligations for third party customer financing in the ordinary course of business;

 

(gg)                            Liens not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate amount not to exceed at the time of creation the greater of $350.0 million and 12.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(hh)                          Liens on cash, Eligible Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Debt; and

 

(ii)                                  Liens on the identifiable proceeds of any property or asset subject to a Lien otherwise permitted under this Indenture.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Preferred Interests,” as applied to the Capital Interests in any Person, means Capital Interests in such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Common Interests in such Person.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means the purchase agreement dated February 17, 2015 by and among the Company, the Initial Purchasers and the Guarantors named therein.

 

28

 

“Purchase Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

 

“Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

 

“Purchase Money Debt” means Debt

 

(i)                                     Incurred to finance the purchase or construction (including additions and improvements thereto) of any assets (other than Capital Interests) of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(ii)                                  that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to the assets so purchased or constructed or substantially similar assets leased or purchased from such lender under a master lease or similar agreement and proceeds of the foregoing; and in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Receivable Subsidiary, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables or other financial assets.  The repayment of a Purchase Money Note may be subordinated to the repayment of other liabilities of the Receivable Subsidiary on terms determined in good faith by the Company to be substantially consistent with market practice in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions.

 

“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

 

“Qualified Capital Interests” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than Redeemable Capital Interests.

 

“Qualified Equity Offering” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act yielding gross proceeds to either of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, of at least $25.0 million or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, other than (x) any such public or private sale to an entity that is an Affiliate of the Company and (y) any public offerings registered on Form S-8; provided that, in the case of an offering or sale by a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, such parent company contributes to the capital of the Company the portion of the net cash proceeds of such offering or sale necessary to pay the aggregate Redemption Price (plus accrued interest to the redemption date) of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Sections 3.7(a)(ii).

 

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to (a) a Receivable Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the

 

29

 

case of a transfer by a Receivable Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable or other financial assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable or other financial assets, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable or other financial assets, proceeds of such accounts receivable or other financial assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable or other financial asset financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms as determined in good faith by the Company at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available other than as a result of actions by the Company, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

“Rating Category” means:

 

(1)                                 with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and

 

(2)                                 with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories).

 

“Rating Decline” means a decrease in the rating of the Notes by either of Moody’s or S&P by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories) on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies); provided that a Rating Decline otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Rating Decline for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event hereunder) if the Rating Agency making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Company that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the Rating Decline). In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating Categories, namely + or —for S&P, and 1, 2, and 3 for Moody’s, will be taken into account; for example, in the case of S&P, a rating decline either from BB+ to BB or BB— to B+ will constitute a decrease of one gradation.

 

“Receivable Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company:

 

(1)                                 that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable or other financial

 

30

 

assets of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, including providing letters of credit on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)                                 that is designated by the Board of Directors as a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate that is delivered to the Trustee;

 

(3)                                 that is either (a) a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) an Unrestricted Subsidiary designated in accordance with Section 4.18;

 

(4)                                 no portion of the Debt or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Debt, “Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness”);

 

(5)                                 with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (a) contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable or other financial assets in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (c) any Purchase Money Note or equity interest issued by such Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(6)                                 with respect to which neither the Company nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation (a) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Interests therein or make any additional capital contribution or similar payment or transfer thereto except in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.

 

“Redeemable Capital Interests” in any Person means any equity security of such Person that by its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including the passage of time or the happening of an event), is required to be redeemed, is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof in whole or in part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such Person at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder

 

31

 

thereof before such date will be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely because the holders of the equity security have the right to require the Company to repurchase such equity security upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event or an Asset Sale will not constitute Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.7.  The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Redeemable Capital Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Refinancing Debt” means Debt that refunds, refinances, renews, replaces or extends any Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or group of lenders or creditors (including, with respect to any Guarantee of Debt, the refinancing of the guaranteed Debt and incurrence of a Guarantee with respect to the new Debt), but only to the extent that

 

(i)                                     the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended, if such Debt was subordinated to the Notes,

 

(ii)                                  the Refinancing Debt is scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes,

 

(iii)                               the Refinancing Debt has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended,

 

(iv)                              such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of preexisting prepayment provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs related to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and

 

(v)                                 such Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the same Person (or its successor) that initially Incurred the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, except that the Company or any Guarantor may Incur Refinancing Debt to

 

32

 

refund, refinance, renew, replace or extend Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the date of this Indenture, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar agreement entered into in connection with any Additional Notes.

 

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is a Restricted Note.

 

“Restricted Note” has the meaning set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act for the term “restricted securities”; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note.  Restricted Notes are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend identified as such in Section 2.6(e)(i) hereto.

 

“Restricted Payment” is defined to mean any of the following:

 

(a)                                 any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests in the Company or on the Capital Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than

 

(i)                                     dividends, distributions or payments made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company and

 

(ii)                                  dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to the holders of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis);

 

(b)                                 any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in the Company (including the conversion into, or exchange for, Debt of any Capital Interests) other than any such

 

33

 

Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company);

 

(c)                                  any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company) to redeem, repurchase, defease (including an in substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees (excluding any Debt owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); except payments of principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof; and

 

(d)                                 any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has not been designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with this Indenture.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which property is sold or transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is thereafter leased back as a capital lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable or other financial asset securitization transaction as determined in good faith by the Company, including Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of the foregoing obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to (i) any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

“Subordinated Obligations” means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Notes Guarantees pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

34

 

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor.

 

“Successor Entity” means a corporation or other entity that succeeds to and continues the business of Oshkosh Corporation.

 

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any fuel price caps and fuel price collar or floor agreements and similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage fluctuations in fuel prices and any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, but excluding fixed price commodity purchase contracts entered into with commodity suppliers in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means any monetary obligation of a Person under (i) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (ii) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including Sale and Leaseback Transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any bankruptcy or insolvency laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date hereof, except as provided in Section 9.3.

 

“Transaction Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become

 

35

 

publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to March 1, 2020; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United Stated Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is an Unrestricted Note.

 

“Unrestricted Notes” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes and any Notes registered under the Securities Act pursuant to and in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)                                 any Subsidiary designated as such by an Officers’ Certificate as set forth below where neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit support for, or Guarantee of, any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt, but excluding in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings and further excluding other Debt under which the lender has recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or to any of their assets (A) that does not exceed $30.0 million in the aggregate and/or (B) solely in circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate guaranty or indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings) or (ii) is directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (except in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings); and

 

(2)                                 any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Voting Interests” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Interests in such Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person.

 

SECTION 1.2  Other Definitions.

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section
    
	
“Affiliate   Transaction”
    	
 
    	
4.11
    
	
“Agent   Members”
    	
 
    	
2.6
    

 

36

 

	
“Change   of Control Offer”
    	
 
    	
4.14
    
	
“Change   of Control Payment”
    	
 
    	
4.14
    
	
“covenant   defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.3
    
	
“Covenant   Termination Event”
    	
 
    	
4.20
    
	
“defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.2
    
	
“Discharge”
    	
 
    	
8.2
    
	
“Event   of Default”
    	
 
    	
6.1
    
	
“Excess   Proceeds”
    	
 
    	
4.10
    
	
“Expiration   Date”
    	
 
    	
3.9
    
	
“Note   Register”
    	
 
    	
2.3
    
	
“Offer   Amount”
    	
 
    	
3.9
    
	
“Purchase   Date”
    	
 
    	
3.9
    
	
“QIB”
    	
 
    	
2.1
    
	
“QIB   Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1
    
	
“redemption   date”
    	
 
    	
3.1
    
	
“Registrar”
    	
 
    	
2.3
    
	
“Regulation   S”
    	
 
    	
2.1
    
	
“Regulation   S Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1
    
	
“Rule 144A”
    	
 
    	
2.1
    
	
“Surviving   Entity”
    	
 
    	
5.1
    

 

SECTION 1.3  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

 

The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meaning:

 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer, the Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.

 

SECTION 1.4  Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                 a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;

 

(2)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP or a successor to GAAP;

 

(3)                                 “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

37

 

(5)                                 unless otherwise specified, any reference to a Section or an Article refers to such Section or Article of this Indenture;

 

(6)                                 provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(7)                                 references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and

 

(8)                                 for the avoidance of doubt, any references to “interest” shall include any Additional Interest that may be payable.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.1  Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is subject, or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes initially shall be issued only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Trustee shall authenticate the Notes, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, which order shall set forth the number of separate notes, the principal amount of each such Note to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the registered holders of each of the said Notes and delivery instructions.

 

(b)                                 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as Note Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby

 

38

 

shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6 hereof.

 

Except as set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

(c)                                  The Initial Notes are being issued by the Issuer only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) (“QIBs”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”).  After such initial offers, Initial Notes that are Restricted Notes may be transferred to QIBs, in reliance on Rule 144A, outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to the Company, in accordance with certain transfer restrictions.  Initial Notes that are offered in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “QIB Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  Initial Notes that are offered in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Regulation S Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The QIB Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers.  The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Note Custodian.  Transfers of Notes between QIBs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the respective amounts of the appropriate Global Notes, as more fully provided in Section 2.16.

 

(d)                                 Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, in accordance with Section 2.1(c) and this Section 2.1(d), authenticate and deliver the Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Note Custodian.

 

Participants shall have no rights either under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Note Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any Agent or other agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

39

 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder, any member of (or a participant in) DTC or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to the Notes or with respect to any action taken or not taken by the Depositary.  The Trustee may conclusively rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any Beneficial Owners in the Notes.

 

(e)                                  Notes issued in certificated form, including Global Notes, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

(f)                                   Prior to the delivery of a Note of any series in any such form to the Trustee for the Notes of such series for authentication, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the following:

 

(i)                                     The Board Resolution approving Notes issued in certificated form pursuant to Section 2.1(e);

 

(ii)                                  An Officers’ Certificate dated the date such Certificate is delivered to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of Notes in such form have been complied with;

 

(iii)                               An Opinion of Counsel stating that Notes in such form, when (i) completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, (ii) authenticated and delivered by such Trustee in accordance with this Indenture within the authorization as to aggregate principal amount established from time to time by the Board of Directors, and (iii) sold in the manner specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency and other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Notes; and

 

(iv)                              A Company Order requesting the authentication and delivery of the Notes.

 

(g)                                  The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution thereof.

 

SECTION 2.2  Authentication and Execution.

 

(a)                                 Form of Authentication.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been

 

40

 

authenticated under this Indenture. The following is the form of the Certificate of Authentication of the Trustee to be endorsed on the face of all Notes substantially as follows:

 

This is one of the Notes of the series designated herein issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
WELLS   FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

(b)                                 Execution.

 

The Notes shall be executed manually or by facsimile in the name and on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its President, one of its Vice Presidents or its Treasurer and by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, manually executed by the Trustee, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or become obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

In case any officer of the Company who shall have executed any of the Notes shall cease to be such officer before the Notes so executed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless shall be valid and binding and may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who executed such Notes had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Notes may be executed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of such Note or of the execution of this Indenture any such Person was not such an officer.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes of any series, properly created pursuant to this Indenture and executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate

 

41

 

and deliver such Notes upon receipt of a Company Order. In the event that any other Person performs the Trustee’s duties as an Agent pursuant to a duly executed agreement, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the issuance of any Notes hereunder, such notice to be delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 on the date such Notes are delivered by the Company for authentication to such other Person.

 

Prior to any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.1(f), 11.4 and 11.5 and the Officers’ Certificate relating to the issuance of any series of Notes, an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

 

(i)                                     all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of this Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Notes;

 

(ii)                                  all laws and requirements with respect to the form and execution by the Company of any indenture supplemental to this Indenture, if any, have been complied with, the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, if any, does not violate the terms of this Indenture, the supplemental indenture has been duly qualified under the TIA, the Company has the corporate or company power to execute and deliver any such supplemental indenture and has taken all necessary corporate action for those purposes and any such supplemental indenture has been executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and general equitable principles and the qualification that certain provisions may be unenforceable in whole or in part but such unenforceability will not adversely effect the principal legal rights and benefits afforded thereby);

 

(iii)                               the form and terms of such Notes have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(iv)                              all laws and requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Company of such Notes have been complied with, the authentication and delivery of the Notes by the Trustee does not violate the terms of this Indenture, the Company has the corporate or company power to issue such Notes and such Notes, assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and general equitable principles and the qualification that certain provisions may be unenforceable in whole or in part but such unenforceability will not adversely effect the principal legal rights and benefits afforded thereby) and are entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Notes, if any, of such series.

 

42

 

The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Notes if the issue thereof will adversely affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Notes and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the form of Note for any series, all Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.

 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

SECTION 2.3  Registrar; Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided, however, that at all times there shall be only one Note Register.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.  The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of Section 317(b) of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Company for such purposes and as the office or agency of the Company where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served and the Trustee, as the agent of the Issuer, to receive such notices and demands.

 

The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

SECTION 2.4  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment.

 

43

 

While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon the occurrence of events specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.5  Holder Lists.

 

(a)                                 The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, not more than 15 days prior to each interest payment date with respect to the Notes of any series, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of any such request, a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes of such series as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such information is furnished; provided, however, that no such list with respect to any particular series of Notes need be furnished at any such time if the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as the Registrar for such series designated under Section 2.3 or otherwise.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in this Section or received by the Trustee in the capacity of the Registrar (if so acting) under Section 2.3. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in this Section upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(c)                                  The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes of any series or of all Notes, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA.

 

(d)                                 Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA.

 

SECTION 2.6  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities.

 

(a)                                 Each Global Note constituting a Restricted Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as Note Custodian and (iii) bear legends as required by Section 2.6(e).

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or

 

44

 

impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b)                                 Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees.  Interests of Beneficial Owners (or the requesting Beneficial Owners in the case of clause (ii) immediately below) in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary.  In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all Beneficial Owners in exchange for their beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or a Beneficial Owner in a Global Note to issue such Certificated Notes.

 

(c)                                  In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each Beneficial Owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(d)                                 The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interest through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(e)                                  Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

 

(i)                                     Private Placement Legend.

 

(1)                                 Unless and until (x) a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (y) the Company determines and there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and a letter of representation of the Company reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the following legend and the related restrictions on transfer are not required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES

 

45

 

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.  THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.  NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

 

(ii)                                  Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange Note, Restricted Global Note or Unrestricted Global Note, shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6(e)(v) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6(b) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR

 

46

 

WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)                               Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend on the face thereof.

 

(iv)                              Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend.  Each temporary Note that is a Global Note issued pursuant to Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IF IT IS A PURCHASER IN A SALE THAT OCCURS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, UNTIL EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903 OF REGULATION S, ANY OFFER OR SALE OF THIS NOTE SHALL NOT BE MADE BY IT TO A U.S. PERSON TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 902(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(v)                                 At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly

 

47

 

and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.

 

(f)                                   General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(i)                                     To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                  No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.5 hereto).

 

(iii)                               All Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(iv)                              The Trustee shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of fifteen (15) days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(v)                                 [Reserved].

 

(vi)                              Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii)                           The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof.  Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in exchange for a Global Note.

 

(viii)                        Each Holder agrees to provide satisfactory indemnity to the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.

 

48

 

(ix)                              The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(x)                                 Affiliates of the Company are prohibited from taking beneficial interest in one or more Restricted Global Notes.

 

SECTION 2.7  Substituted Notes.

 

In case any temporary or Certificated Notes shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon a Company Request delivered to the Trustee, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a number, letter or other distinguishing mark not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case, the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and to the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft, of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

 

In the absence of notice to the Trustee or the Company that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Trustee shall authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon any Company Request. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Note which has matured or is about to mature shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substituted Note, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

 

Every substituted Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.7 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. All Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude (to the extent permitted by law) any and all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

49

 

SECTION 2.8  Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

SECTION 2.9  Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity; provided, however, the Trustee shall not be charged with such knowledge until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is so informed in writing.

 

SECTION 2.10  Temporary Notes.

 

Pending the preparation of Certificated Notes of any series, the Company may execute, and upon receipt of the documents required by Sections 2.1 and 2.2(b), together with a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, such temporary Notes which may be printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denominations, substantially of the tenor of such Certificated Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such temporary Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes.

 

If temporary Notes of any series are issued, the Company will cause Certificated Notes of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Certificated Notes of any series, the temporary Notes of such series shall be exchangeable for Certificated Notes of such series, upon surrender of the temporary Notes of such series at any office or

 

50

 

agency maintained by the Company for such purposes as provided in Section 4.2, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of Certificated Notes of such series having the same interest rate and Stated Maturity and bearing interest from the same date of any authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes of such series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Certificated Notes of such series.

 

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.11  Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder or which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee.  The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation.  Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be cancelled and disposed of in accordance with its customary practice, and certification of their cancellation shall be delivered to the Issuer promptly upon receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request.

 

SECTION 2.12  Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof.  The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee of any such date.  At least fifteen (15) days before the special record date, the Issuer (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

SECTION 2.13  Record Date.

 

The record date shall be set forth in the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.14  Computation of Interest.

 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

51

 

SECTION 2.15  CUSIP Number.

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” and/or ISIN or other similar number, and if it does so, the Company may use the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number.

 

SECTION 2.16  Special Transfer Provisions.

 

Unless and until (i) a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective shelf registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) the Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required pursuant to Section 2.6(e), the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                 Transfers to QIBs.  The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Note (other than pursuant to Regulation S):

 

(i)                                     The Registrar shall register the transfer of a Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

 

(ii)                                  If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.

 

(b)                                 Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S.  The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S:

 

(i)                                     The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S by a Holder upon receipt of (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor.

 

52

 

(ii)                                  If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a QIB Global Note and the Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in a QIB Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the letter, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note.

 

(c)                                  Exchange Offer.  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate, one or more Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes that are Restricted Notes tendered for acceptance in accordance with the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Global Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Registrar shall deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Notes so accepted Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(d)                                 Restricted Notes Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Unrestricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver Unrestricted Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Restricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver only Restricted Notes that bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless the Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required by Section 2.6(e), or the Company determines and there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and a letter of representation of the Issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Notes are effected in compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon receipt of such Opinion of Counsel and letter of representation as provided above, the Trustee shall direct the Registrar to exchange the Restricted Notes for Unrestricted Notes with such exchange to occur in accordance with Section 2.16(f) (in the case of Global Notes).

 

(e)                                  General.  By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges receipt of a Restricted Note with restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture until such time as the Restricted Note Legend is no longer required pursuant to Section 2.6(e) and such Holder transfers such a Restricted Note to an Unrestricted Note.  The Registrar shall not register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture.  In connection with any transfer of Notes, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them may

 

53

 

reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act until such time as the Restricted Note Legend is no longer required pursuant to Section 2.6(e) and such Holder transfers such a Restricted Note to an Unrestricted Note; provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other information.

 

(f)                                   Mandatory Exchange from Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Global Note.  Upon compliance with the following procedures, all of the beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Unrestricted Global Note.  In order to effect such exchange, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee no later than 45 days prior to the date of such mandatory exchange instructing the Trustee to (i) direct the Depositary to transfer all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note and provide the Depositary with all such information as is necessary for the Depositary to appropriately credit and debit the relevant Holder accounts and (ii) provide prior written notice to all Holders no later than 45 days prior to the date of such mandatory exchange, which notice must include the date such exchange is to occur, the CUSIP number of the relevant Restricted Global Note and the CUSIP number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holders’ beneficial interests will be exchanged and (iii) on or prior to the date of the mandatory exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication upon Company Order, one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Company in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged.  As a condition to any such exchange pursuant to this Section 2.16(f), the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company, and rely upon conclusively, without liability, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that such transfer of beneficial interests to the Unrestricted Global Note shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.16(f), the Registrar shall endorse Schedule A to the relevant Notes and reflect on its books and records the date of such transfer and a decrease and increase, respectively, in the principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note(s) and the Unrestricted Global Note, respectively, equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.  Following any such transfer pursuant to this Section 2.16(f), the relevant Restricted Global Note shall be cancelled.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16(f), during the 45 day period between the mandatory exchange notice date and the mandatory exchange date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.16(f) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16(f).  The Company, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

54

 

SECTION 2.17  Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto and any customary escrow provisions (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Restricted Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions, any Registration Rights Agreement and additional interest with respect thereto); provided that such issuance is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.9.  The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes shall be, without limitation, treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

(1)                                 the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(2)                                 the issue price, the issue date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue;

 

(3)                                 whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes;

 

(4)                                 the Board Resolution approving such Additional Notes issued in certificated form pursuant to Section 2.1(e);

 

(5)                                 an Officers’ Certificate dated the date such Certificate is delivered to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes in such form have been complied with; and

 

(6)                                 an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Additional Notes in such form, when (i) completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, (ii) authenticated and delivered by such Trustee in accordance with this Indenture within the authorization as to aggregate principal amount established from time to time by the Board of Directors, and (iii) sold in the manner specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency and other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Additional Notes.

 

55

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

SECTION 3.1  Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before a date fixed for redemption (the “redemption date”), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date (which need not be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the Redemption Price.

 

If the Issuer is required to make an Offer to Purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least thirty (30) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before the scheduled purchase date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the offer to purchase shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) the purchase date (which need not be a Business Day) and further setting forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $100.0 million or (b) a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, as applicable.

 

SECTION 3.2  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

The Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in a manner that complies with applicable requirements of the Depositary); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.  Notices of redemption shall be sent electronically (to the extent permitted by applicable procedures or regulations) or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days before the redemption date if the notice is delivered pursuant to Article VIII of this Indenture.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  In the case of Certificated Notes, a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.  The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption and shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.

 

56

 

SECTION 3.3  Notice of Redemption.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, except in the case of a notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Article VIII of this Indenture, which may be more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent by electronic transmission or by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP number) and shall state:

 

(1)                                 the redemption date;

 

(2)                                 the Redemption Price;

 

(3)                                 if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(4)                                 the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5)                                 that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

 

(6)                                 that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(7)                                 the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(8)                                 that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notices as provided in the preceding paragraph.  The notice sent in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not a Holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice by electronic transmission or by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Note.

 

57

 

SECTION 3.4  Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption.  A notice of redemption may be conditional.

 

SECTION 3.5  Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price.

 

On or before 10:00 am  (New York City time) on each redemption date or the date on which Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any applicable premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If Notes called for redemption or tendered in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer are paid or if the Issuer has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and unpaid and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered and not withdrawn in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered).  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

SECTION 3.6  Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Certificated Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Certificated Note surrendered.

 

SECTION 3.7  Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                 Optional Redemption of the Notes.

 

(i)                                     The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or from time to time in part, at any time on or after March 1, 2020 at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date 

 

58

 

(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on March 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	
Year
    	
 
    	
Redemption Price
    	
 
    
	
2020 
    	
 
    	
102.688
    	
%
    
	
2021 
    	
 
    	
101.792
    	
%
    
	
2022 
    	
 
    	
100.896
    	
%
    
	
2023 and thereafter 
    	
 
    	
100.000
    	
%
    

 

(ii)                                  Prior to March 1, 2018, the Issuer may from time to time, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 105.375% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date); provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

 

(iii)                               At any time or from time to time prior to March 1, 2020, the Notes may also be redeemed in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at the Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption or purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

 

(b)                                 The Issuer may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

SECTION 3.8  Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 3.9  Offer to Purchase.

 

In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

Unless otherwise required by applicable law, an Offer to Purchase shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase, which shall be, subject to any

 

59

 

contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of delivering of such Offer, and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date.  On the Purchase Date, the Company shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof (the “Offer Amount”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.  If the Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion) prior to the delivering of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be sent electronically or mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.  The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

 

On or before 10:00 am (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9.  On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9.  The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three (3) Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Issuer such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.  The Issuer shall publicly announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

 

The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of any applicable securities laws and any regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Sections 3.9, 4.10 or 4.14 of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and 

 

60

 

regulations and will be deemed to have complied with its obligations under Section 3.9, 4.10 or 4.14, as applicable, by virtue of such compliance.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.9, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1  Payment of Notes.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as of 10:00 am (New York City time), money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

SECTION 4.2  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

61

 

SECTION 4.3  Provision of Financial Information.

 

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee and to the Holders of Notes within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same under the Commission’s rules and regulations, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to all applicable grace periods, or file electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system):

 

(1)                                 all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

 

(2)                                 all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

Whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will also file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to all applicable grace periods (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing), and make such information available to prospective investors.  In addition, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if any filings with the Commission, or otherwise, have taken place.  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

62

 

SECTION 4.4  Compliance Certificate.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge, each entity is not in Default (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred and is continuing, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly after becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 4.5  Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate action and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.6  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

SECTION 4.7  Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment:

 

(a)                                 no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will result as a consequence thereof;

 

63

 

(b)                                 after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the provisions described in the first paragraph under Section 4.9; and

 

(c)                                  after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments made on or after March 3, 2010 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by any one or more of clauses (ii) through (vii) and (xi) of the next succeeding paragraph) shall not exceed the sum (without duplication) of:

 

(1)                                 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2010 and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, plus

 

(2)                                 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of property other than cash) received by the Company subsequent to March 3, 2010 either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the issuance and sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion of Debt or Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company, and from the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than, in each case, Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus

 

(3)                                 to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such on and after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

(4)                                 100% of any dividends or interest payments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on and after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent such dividends or interest payments were not otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

 

Notwithstanding whether the foregoing provisions would prohibit the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from making a Restricted Payment, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make the following Restricted Payments:

 

(i)                                     the payment of any dividend or distribution on Capital Interests in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption of Subordinated Obligations, within 60 days after declaration thereof or the delivery of any irrevocable notice of redemption, as the case may be, if at the declaration date or date 

 

64

 

of the notice of redemption as the case may be, such payment or redemption was permitted by this Section 4.7;

 

(ii)                                  the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Qualified Capital Interests of the Company by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other Qualified Capital Interests of the Company, with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement occurs not more than 120 days after such sale;

 

(iii)                               the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for value of any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee by conversion into, or in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (x) new subordinated Debt of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, Incurred in accordance with this Indenture or (y) Qualified Capital Interests of the Company, in each case with an issue and sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such redemption, defeasance, repurchase, acquisition or retirement occurs not more than 120 days after such issue and sale;

 

(iv)                              the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Interests in the Company held by any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or alteration of employment status or pursuant to the terms of any agreement or plan under which such Capital Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such Capital Interests does not exceed $30.0 million in any calendar year, provided, further, that any unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods subject to a maximum aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (iv) in any calendar year (including both such calendar year’s $30.0 million basket plus any unused carried forward amounts with respect to one or more prior calendar years not to exceed $30.0 million in the aggregate) not to exceed $60.0 million in the aggregate; provided, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to directors, officers or employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date; provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7; plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by the proviso of this clause (iv) in any calendar year and, to the extent any payment described under this clause (iv) is made by delivery of

 

65

 

Debt and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Debt makes payments with respect to such Debt);

 

(v)                                 repurchase of Capital Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities;

 

(vi)                              cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(vii)                           the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.9 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charges;

 

(viii)                        to the extent no default in any payment in respect of principal or interest under the Notes or the Credit Agreement or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event or an Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained in Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 at a Purchase Price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof (in the case of a Change of Control Triggering Event) or at a percentage of the principal amount thereof not higher than the principal amount applicable to the Notes (in the case of an Asset Sale), plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Company has made an Offer to Purchase with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection therewith;

 

(ix)                              to the extent no default in any payment in respect of principal or interest under the Notes or the Credit Agreement or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result as a consequence thereof, the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock and the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Qualified Capital Interests of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 5.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in any calendar year;

 

(x)                                 to the extent no default in any payment in respect of principal or interest under the Notes or the Credit Agreement or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof, other Restricted Payments that do not exceed in the aggregate at the time such Restricted Payments are made, the greater of $150.0 million and 5.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

66

 

(xi)                              any Restricted Payment so long as on the date of such Restricted Payment, after giving pro forma effect thereto and to any related transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Company’s most recently ended Four Quarter Period for which financial statements are publicly available, the Company’s Leverage Ratio would not have exceeded 2.5 to 1;

 

(xii)                           the payment of cash dividends on shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock; provided that (A) the amount of such dividends in any fiscal quarter of the Company shall not exceed $0.15 per share (such per share amount subject to pro rata adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, reverse stock splits or similar events) and (B) the aggregate dollar amount of such dividends in any fiscal quarter shall not exceed $15 million; and

 

(xiii)                        the distribution or dividend of assets or Capital Interests of any Person in connection with any full or partial “spin-off” of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or similar transactions; provided that the Company would, on the date of such distribution after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the provisions described in the first paragraph of Section 4.9.

 

If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.7, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment.

 

SECTION 4.8  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or enter into any encumbrance or restriction (other than pursuant to this Indenture or any law, rule, regulation or order) on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following encumbrances or restrictions (including those existing under or by reason of):

 

(a)                                 any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue Date, including those required by the Credit Agreement or by any other agreements or documents entered

 

67

 

into in connection with the Credit Agreement and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements, or refinancings, of any of the agreements or documents providing for such existing encumbrances and restrictions, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are no more restrictive in any material respect, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in these agreements and documents on the Issue Date.

 

(b)                                 any encumbrance or restriction existing at the time of the acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in connection with the acquisition thereof);

 

(c)                                  any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or merging with or into a Restricted Subsidiary, and which is not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person;

 

(d)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancing or extension of Debt issued pursuant to an agreement containing any encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in the agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in the good faith judgment of the Company;

 

(e)                                  customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, sublease, contract, or license of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;

 

(f)                                   any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation, order, approval, license, permit or similar restriction;

 

(g)                                  any encumbrance or restriction under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(h)                                 any encumbrance or restriction in connection with the sale of assets or Capital Interests, including, without limitation, any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

68

 

(i)                                     restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by direct or indirect customers or suppliers under contracts entered into the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)                                    encumbrances or restrictions that are customary provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, sale leaseback agreements and other similar agreements;

 

(k)                                 encumbrances and restrictions under any instrument governing Debt or Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Debt or Capital Interests were incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Debt, such Debt was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred;

 

(l)                                     encumbrances and restrictions arising in respect of purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business to the extent such restrictions and encumbrances apply to the property so acquired (and proceeds thereof) and are of the nature described in clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.8;

 

(m)                             Liens securing Debt or other obligations otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 4.12, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(n)                                 encumbrances or restrictions relating to any Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivable Subsidiary or the accounts receivable and other financial assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction which are subject to such Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(o)                                 any other agreement governing Debt entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(p)                                 restrictions on the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Debt, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

 

(q)                                 encumbrances or restrictions arising under deferred compensation arrangements or any “rabbi trust” formed in connection with any such arrangement.

 

69

 

Nothing contained in this Section 4.8 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (i) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 4.12 or (ii) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 and Section 4.12 hereof.

 

SECTION 4.9  Limitation on Incurrence of Debt.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Acquired Debt or any other Debt; provided that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur any Acquired Debt or any other Debt if, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously, other than Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period (other than Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility), had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid (other than Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility) since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, would, (i) with respect to any Incurred Acquired Debt, either (A) be greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) increase, and, (ii) with respect to any other Incurred Debt, be greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Debt.

 

If, during the Four Quarter Period or subsequent thereto and prior to the date of determination, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or shall have designated any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four Quarter Period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or designation, as the case may be, and the application of any proceeds therefrom as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or designation had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.

 

If the Debt which is the subject of a determination under this provision is Acquired Debt, or Debt Incurred in connection with the substantially contemporaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or assets, or Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary being designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, then such ratio shall be determined by giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period) to (x) the Incurrence of such Acquired Debt or such other Debt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) the inclusion, in Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges, of the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the acquired Person, business, property or assets or redesignated Subsidiary.

 

70

 

Notwithstanding the first paragraph above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Debt.

 

For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this Section 4.9, Guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included.  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, including categories of Permitted Debt and under clause (a) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.9, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, all or any portion of such item of Debt.  For purposes of determining compliance of any non-U.S. dollar-denominated Debt with this Section 4.9, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall at all times be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred, in the case of term Debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Debt, provided, however, that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in the same or different currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such indebtedness being refinanced.

 

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on Debt in the form of additional Debt or payment of dividends on Capital Interests in the forms of additional shares of Capital Interests with the same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt for purposes of this Section 4.9.

 

The Company and any Guarantor will not Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees at least to the same extent; provided that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Debt solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority or by virtue of structural subordination.

 

SECTION 4.10  Limitation on Asset Sales.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(1)                                 the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Capital Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)                                 at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

71

 

(a)                                 any liabilities, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary assignment and assumption or novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect thereto;

 

(b)                                 any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 450 days of their receipt to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

 

(c)                                  any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, or, if with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) below, within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into a contractual commitment, pursuant to a binding agreement, to apply any such Net Cash Proceeds, then, within 540 days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Cash Proceeds at its option:

 

(i)                                     to permanently prepay, repay, redeem, purchase or repurchase Debt (other than Subordinated Obligations) and, if the Obligation repaid is revolving credit Debt, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(ii)                                  to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Interests of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Interests, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(iii)                               to make capital expenditures in or that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or to make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and assets in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(iv)                              to acquire other assets (other than inventory) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

 

(v)                                 to prepay, repay, redeem, purchase or repurchase Debt secured by the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

72

 

(vi)                              any combination of the foregoing.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under the Credit Agreement or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.  Any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company will, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes (on a pro rata basis among the Notes), and to all holders of other Debt ranking pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to assets sales, equal to the Excess Proceeds.  The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those funds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and they will no longer constitute Excess Proceeds.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Debt tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis among the Notes (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof will be purchased).  Upon completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will be deemed to have complied with its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

SECTION 4.11  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving with respect to each such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

 

(i)                                     such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and

 

(ii)                                  with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the Company

 

73

 

delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction together with an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

 

The foregoing limitations do not limit, and shall not apply to:

 

(1)                                 Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.7;

 

(2)                                 the provision of reasonable and customary compensation, indemnities, insurance and other benefits to members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and others who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

(3)                                 the provision of reasonable and customary compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, severance, deferred compensation and other benefit plans), indemnities and insurance to officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to the extent permitted by law;

 

(4)                                 transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries and transactions between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any Leasing Subsidiary, on the other hand, (including the contribution of overhead costs) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or constituting undertakings customary in lease securitization transactions for the benefit of any Leasing Subsidiary;

 

(5)                                 any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendment or modification thereto so long as such amendment or modification is not more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes;

 

(6)                                 any contribution of capital to the Company;

 

(7)                                 transactions permitted by, and complying with, Article V and Section 10.5 hereof;

 

(8)                                 any transaction with a joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that constitutes an Affiliate solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in such joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or other entity;

 

(9)                                 transactions with Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Affiliates, customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or lessors or lessees of property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business that are, in the aggregate (taking into account all of the costs and benefits associated with such transactions), on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Company, than those that could be obtained in

 

74

 

a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company;

 

(10)                          transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(11)                          sales or leases of goods to joint ventures and Affiliates (but excluding any officers or directors) in the ordinary course of business for less than fair market value but not for less than cost;

 

(12)                          any employment, severance or consulting agreement or other compensation agreement, arrangement or plan, or any amendment thereto, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)                          sales of Capital Interests (excluding Capital Interests constituting Debt) to Affiliates of the Company;

 

(14)                          any transaction in which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, deliver to the Trustee (a) a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or that such transaction complies with clause (i) of the initial paragraph above and (b) an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such transaction complies with clause (i) of the initial paragraph above; and

 

(15)                          transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company on any matter involving such other Person.

 

SECTION 4.12  Limitation on Liens.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any of its interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Liens secure Debt, without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt secured by such Lien until such time as such Debt is no longer secured by such Lien; provided that if the Debt so secured is subordinated by its terms to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, the Lien securing such Debt will also be so subordinated by its terms to the Notes and the Guarantees at least to the same extent.

 

SECTION 4.13  Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

75

 

(i)                                     the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the property sold, as confirmed by an Officers’ Certificate,

 

(ii)                                  prior to and after giving effect to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with Section 4.9, and

 

(iii)                               at or after such time the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary also comply with Section 4.10.

 

SECTION 4.14  Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control Triggering Event.

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Company has given a notice of redemption with respect to all of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.7, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase (the “Change of Control Offer”) all of the outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the Purchase Date (the “Change of Control Payment”).  For purposes of the foregoing, an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 60 days following the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company commences an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at the Purchase Price (provided that the running of such 60-day period shall be suspended, for up to a maximum of 30 days, during any period when the commencement of such Offer to Purchase is delayed or suspended by reason of any court’s or governmental authority’s review of or ruling on any materials being employed by the Company to effect such Offer to Purchase, so long as the Company has used and continues to use its commercially reasonable efforts to make and conclude such Offer to Purchase promptly) and (ii) all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase.

 

If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in an Offer to Purchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event and the Company, or any third party making an Offer to Purchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event in lieu of the Company purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company shall have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, given not more than 30 days following the Purchase Date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a Redemption Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.

 

The Change of Control Triggering Event provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.  Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control Triggering Event, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer

 

76

 

contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth herein applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given in accordance with this Indenture.

 

To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

In addition, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of launching the Offer to Purchase.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of related transactions will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (i) as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company or a holding company becomes the successor to the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 and (ii) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Interests of such holding company immediately following that transaction or series of related transactions are the same or substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Interests immediately prior to that transaction or series of related transactions.

 

SECTION 4.15  Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Section 4.14 and Article V hereof, as the case may be, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.16  [Reserved].

 

SECTION 4.17  Additional Note Guarantees.

 

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Subsidiary after the Issue Date and such Subsidiary Guarantees any Debt under the Credit Agreement, then that newly acquired or created Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor by execution of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture within 60 days of the date on which it Guaranteed such other Debt; provided, that no Unrestricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary

 

77

 

that is a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor unless it provides a Guarantee of Debt under the Credit Agreement that is Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 4.18  Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” as provided below, in which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is then or thereafter becomes a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that either:

 

(x)                                 the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $5,000 or less; or

 

(y)                                 the Company could make a Restricted Payment at the time of designation in an amount equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value or book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.7 and such amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the purpose of calculating the amount available for Restricted Payments thereunder.

 

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9 and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12.

 

SECTION 4.19  Payments for Consent.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

SECTION 4.20  Termination of Covenants.

 

(a)                                 If at any time: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Default or Event of Default under one or more of the provisions listed below, provided that such Default or Event of Default did not exist prior to the transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the applicable change in ratings) (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Termination Event”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture:

 

78

 

(i)                                     Section 4.7;

 

(ii)                                  Section 4.8;

 

(iii)                               Section 4.9;

 

(iv)                              Section 4.10;

 

(v)                                 Section 4.11; and

 

(vi)                              clause (iii) of Section 5.1.

 

(b)                                 The Company will provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of any Covenant Termination Event.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSORS

 

SECTION 5.1  Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease.

 

The Company will not in any transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company in which the Company is the continuing Person), or sell, assign (excluding any assignment solely as collateral for security purposes under a Credit Facility, but not any outright assignment upon the foreclosure on any such collateral), convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person, unless:

 

(i)                                     either:  (a) the Company shall be the continuing Person or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (such Person, the “Surviving Entity”), (1) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company under this Indenture; provided that at any time the Company or its successor is not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation;

 

(ii)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

79

 

(iii)                               immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions) as if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, (a) the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing) could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt under the provisions described in the first paragraph of Section 4.9, and (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing) and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent Four Quarter Period shall not be not less than such Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction (or the first such transaction if there are a series of transactions); and

 

(iv)                              the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

In the event of a holding company reorganization in accordance with this Section 5.1, the ultimate holding company, at the Company’s election, either shall be deemed the Surviving Entity or shall Guarantee the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture on terms substantially similar to those relating to the other Guarantors.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure to satisfy the requirements of the preceding clauses (ii) and (iii) will not prohibit:

 

(a)                                 a merger between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company or the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(b)                                 a merger between the Company and an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of converting the Company into a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof; or

 

(c)                                  a transaction or series of related transactions that effectuate a holding company in accordance with Section 4.14.

 

so long as, in each case, the amount of Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture and the Notes, Subsidiaries of any Surviving Entity will, upon such transaction or series of transactions, become Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries as provided pursuant to this Indenture and all Debt, and all Liens on property or assets, of the Surviving Entity and its Subsidiaries that was not Debt, or were not Liens on property or assets, of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions shall be deemed to have been incurred upon such transaction or series of transactions.

 

80

 

Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in this Section 5.1, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the Issuer therein; and when a Surviving Person duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.

 

SECTION 5.2  Successor Person Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company (and, if necessary, any co-issuer) is merged or to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein and when such successor Person duly assumes all the obligations and covenants of the Company pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations; provided, however, that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1  Events of Default.

 

Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)                                 default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

 

(2)                                 default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

(3)                                 failure to perform or comply with Section 4.3 and continuance of such failure to perform or comply for a period of 120 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(4)                                 except as permitted by or in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any

 

81

 

Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(5)                                 default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(6)                                 a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or (except in the case of any Debt owing to the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary or any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall constitute a failure to pay an amount of such Debt equal to at least the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

 

(7)                                 the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of amounts covered by insurance for which the issuer thereof has been notified of such claim and has not challenged such coverage), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)                                 (i)                                     the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(a)                                 commences a voluntary case,

 

(b)                                 consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(c)                                  consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(d)                                 makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(e)                                  generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

82

 

(ii)                                  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(a)                                 is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

 

(b)                                 appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(c)                                  orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

SECTION 6.2  Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.

 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so.

 

83

 

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy hereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee, and provided indemnity and security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.  Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note directly (as opposed to through the Trustee) for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

SECTION 6.3  Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 6.4  Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than as a result of an acceleration), which shall require the consent of all of the Holders of the Notes then outstanding.

 

SECTION 6.5  Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust power conferred on it.  However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

SECTION 6.6  Limitation on Suits.

 

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

 

84

 

(a)                                 the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice from the Company;

 

(b)                                 the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)                                  such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(d)                                 the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such indemnity or security; and

 

(e)                                  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

SECTION 6.7  Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.8  Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

SECTION 6.9  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for such compensation as agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee, and the reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall

 

85

 

be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for such compensation as agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.10  Priorities.

 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

First:  to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all compensation agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee and reasonable expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection (including in each case, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses);

 

Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably for the Notes, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

86

 

SECTION 6.11  Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1  Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

(b)                                 In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(c)                                  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                     this Subsection (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsections (a) or (d) of this Section 7.1;

 

(ii)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)                               the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series.

 

(d)                                 No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing

 

87

 

that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(e)                                  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

SECTION 7.2  Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.01,

 

(a)                                 the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                 any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by Company Request or Company Order (unless otherwise evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by a Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

 

(c)                                  the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and reliance thereon;

 

(d)                                 the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(e)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, except to the extent such action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken results from Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(f)                                   the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note, or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding; provided, however, that the reasonable expenses of every such investigation shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and provided, further, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the

 

88

 

terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to so proceeding;

 

(g)                                  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be liable or responsible for any misconduct, bad faith or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(h)                                 the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default from the Company or any Holder is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

(i)                                     the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

(j)                                    the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties;

 

(k)                                 in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action or in action;

 

(l)                                     the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder; and

 

(m)                             the Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.3  Trustee and Agents May Own Notes.

 

The Trustee, any paying agent, or any agent of the Trustee or the Company under this Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes of any series with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such agent and, subject to Sections 7.13 and 7.11, if operative, may otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold, and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent.

 

SECTION 7.4  No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes of any series. The Trustee represents that

 

89

 

it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor an authenticating agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.5  Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall send electronically or by mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it becomes so known.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

SECTION 7.6  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 

(a)  The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. The interval between transmissions of reports to be transmitted at intervals shall be twelve months or such shorter time required by the TIA. If the TIA does not specify the date on which a report is due, the such report shall be due on March 1 of each year following the first issuance of Notes.

 

(b)  A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which Notes of any series are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes of any series are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 7.7  Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.

 

The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and all persons not regularly in its employ and any amounts paid by the Trustee to any authenticating agent) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee, in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, damage, claims, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, including the acceptance or administration of this trust, or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the current payment of all costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.7 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall

 

90

 

constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes.  In addition to, but without prejudice to its other rights under this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(8), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and any and all compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

 

“Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

SECTION 7.8  Resignation or Removal of Trustee and Successor Trustee.

 

(a)                                 Resignation or Removal of Trustee.

 

(i)                                     The Trustee may at any time resign with respect to all Notes by giving written notice by first class mail of such resignation to the Company and to the Holders of the Notes at their addresses as they shall appear on the Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 60 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the Holders, the resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder of Notes who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint such successor trustee.

 

(ii)                                  In case at any time any of the following shall occur—

 

(1)                                 the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 7.13 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the TIA,

 

91

 

(2)                                 the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.10 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder of a Note or Notes, or

 

(3)                                 the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to the Notes, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

 

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by Company Order, one copy of which Company Order shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove such Trustee and appoint such successor trustee.

 

(iii)                               The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may at any time remove the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Company the evidence provided for in Section 9.2 of the action in that regard taken by the Holders, and nominate a successor Trustee which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within ten days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder of a Note or Notes, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (i) of this Section 7.8(a)  provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor Trustee.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted an appointment within 60 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the Trustee being removed may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes.

 

(iv)                              Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and any appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.8(a) shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in Section 7.8(b).

 

(b)                                 Successor Trustee.

 

Any successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.8(a) shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; nevertheless, on

 

92

 

the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.7, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers of the Trustee. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee, to secure any amounts and shall be entitled to any indemnities then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.7.

 

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.8(b) unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.13 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.10.

 

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 7.8(b), the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such Trustee hereunder to the Holders of Notes at their addresses as they shall appear on the Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

 

SECTION 7.9  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

 

Subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.13, any Person into which the Trustee or any Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

In case at the time any successor to the Trustee or any Agent shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture and any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable, may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable, may authenticate such Notes in the name of such successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable; and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 7.10  Eligibility of Trustee.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to the Notes hereunder which shall be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to exercise trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority and willing to act as Trustee hereunder. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 7.10, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed

 

93

 

to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Trustee with respect to any series of Notes shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10, such Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 7.8.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  If this Indenture becomes qualified under the TIA, the Trustee shall be subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 7.11  Limitation on Rights of Trustee as a Creditor.

 

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

 

SECTION 7.12  Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer.

 

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

SECTION 7.13  Conflicting Interest of Trustee.

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such conflicting interest or resign in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 8.1  Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes of a series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

 

94

 

SECTION 8.2  Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes of a series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”).  For this purpose, defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes of a series, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such series of Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes of a series to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such series of Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.4(l); (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such series of Notes under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits and immunities of the Trustee, including without limitation, under Section 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 hereof and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; (d) the Company’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the provisions of this Article VIII.  Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof.

 

In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under this Indenture when:

 

(1)                                 either:  (A) all Notes of a series theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or (B) all such Notes of a series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year (a “Discharge”) under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds, in accordance with Section 8.4, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes of such series, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the Stated Maturity or date of redemption;

 

(2)                                 the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture by the Issuer;

 

(3)                                 the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

95

 

(4)                                 the Issuer has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes of such series at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and

 

(5)                                 the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Discharge have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.3  Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17 and 4.18 and the limitation in Section 5.1(iii) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and the Notes of such series shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such series of Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such series of Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3) and (5) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

SECTION 8.4  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Notes of a series:

 

In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance:

 

(1)                                 the Issuer must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of such Notes of a series:  (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. government obligations, which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public 

 

96

 

accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire indebtedness in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such series of Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Issuer has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such series of Notes;

 

(2)                                 in the case of defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes of a series will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur;

 

(3)                                 in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes of a series will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur;

 

(4)                                 no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect thereto (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing);

 

(5)                                 such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA (assuming all Notes of a series are in default within the meaning of the TIA);

 

(6)                                 such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound; and

 

(7)                                 the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

In the event of a defeasance or a Discharge, a Holder whose taxable year straddles the deposit of funds and the distribution in redemption to such Holder would be subject to tax on any 

 

97

 

gain (whether characterized as capital gain or market discount) in the year of deposit rather than in the year of receipt.  In connection with a Discharge, in the event the Issuer becomes insolvent within the applicable preference period after the date of deposit, monies held for the payment of the Notes of a series may be part of the bankruptcy estate of the Issuer, disbursement of such monies may be subject to the automatic stay of the Bankruptcy Code and monies disbursed to Holders may be subject to disgorgement in favor of the Issuer’s estate.  Similar results may apply upon the insolvency of the Issuer during the applicable preference period following the deposit of monies in connection with defeasance.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a defeasance need not to be delivered if all Notes of a series not therefor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

 

SECTION 8.5  Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. government obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes of a series shall be held in trust, shall not be invested, and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such series of Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes of a series.

 

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all liability with respect to any money or non-callable U.S. government obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

98

 

SECTION 8.6  Repayment to Issuer.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note of a series and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall, upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request directing it to act, be promptly paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 8.7  Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable U.S. government obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the applicable series of Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any applicable series of Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

SECTION 9.1  Without Consent of Holders of the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may, without the consent of any Holders, enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture and the Guarantees for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)                                 to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes;

 

(2)                                 to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

 

99

 

(3)                                 to add additional Events of Default;

 

(4)                                 to provide for Global Notes in addition to or in place of the definitive Notes;

 

(5)                                 to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by a successor Trustee;

 

(6)                                 to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(7)                                 to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(8)                                 to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

 

(9)                                 to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(10)                          to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”; or

 

(11)                          to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

SECTION 9.2  With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, including the definitions herein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

 

(1)                                 change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

 

100

 

(2)                                 reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture,

 

(3)                                 modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control Triggering Event or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event or such Asset Sale,

 

(4)                                 modify or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes,

 

(5)                                 modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or

 

(6)                                 release any Guarantees required to be maintained under this Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a default:

 

(1)                                 in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

 

(2)                                 in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected,

 

each of which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall require the consent of all the Holders of the Notes outstanding.

 

SECTION 9.3  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.4  Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if 

 

101

 

notation of the consent is not made on the Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it thereafter binds every Holder.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver.  If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished for the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

 

SECTION 9.5  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may, upon receipt of a Company Order, place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

After any amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver.  The failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.6  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  In signing or refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived, that such amendment or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer and Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

 

ARTICLE X

 

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 10.1  Note Guarantees.

 

(a)                                 Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the 

 

102

 

Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that:  (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Each of the Note Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

(b)                                 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof (other than any waiver or consent expressly releasing such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder), the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor (other than payment of the Notes).

 

(c)                                  Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Note Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor.  Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

(d)                                 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them in respect of the Notes and/or the Note Guarantee to the Trustee or such Holder, the Note Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.  This paragraph (d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by

 

103

 

the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned.  This paragraph (d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

 

(e)           Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.2 hereof for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.2  Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.  Such notation of Note Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member or director or another authorized person) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature.  In case the officer, board member or director of such Guarantor who shall have signed such notation of Note Guarantee shall cease to be such officer, board member or director before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the Person who signed such notation of Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member or director.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.  The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

 

SECTION 10.3  Severability.

 

In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 10.4  Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.

 

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its 

 

104

 

Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

SECTION 10.5  Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.6, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, unless:

 

(1)           immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(2)           either:

 

(A)          the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

 

(B)          the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and

 

(3)           the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such sale, other disposition, consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and, if applicable, upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.

 

105

 

SECTION 10.6  Releases.

 

In the event (1) all or substantially all the assets or Capital Interests of a Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; (2) of a sale or other transfer or disposition of all of the Capital Interests in any Guarantor to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; or (3) that a Guarantor shall no longer guarantee any Debt under the Credit Agreement or (4) of defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article VIII herein, then such Guarantor (or, in the case of clause (4), each Guarantor) shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged of any obligations under its Note Guarantee, as evidenced by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company, the Guarantors (other than such released Guarantor) and the Trustee, without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder; provided that in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that the net cash proceeds of such sale or other disposition will be applied in accordance with Section 4.10; and provided further, that in the case of clause (iii) above, in the event any such released Guarantor shall thereafter Guarantee any Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement (or if any released Guarantee (the release of which is a permitted release under clause (iii) above) is reinstated or renewed), then such released Guarantor shall guarantee the Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, subject to future release in accordance with this Section 10.6.

 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article X.

 

SECTION 10.7  Release of a Guarantor.

 

Any Guarantor that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall, at such time, be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged of its obligations under its Note Guarantee without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon receipt of the Company’s written request for such release accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.7.  Any Guarantor not so released shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in its Note Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.8  Benefits Acknowledged.

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

SECTION 10.9  Future Guarantors.

 

Each Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.17 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor.  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of 

 

106

 

such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and general equitable principles and the qualification that certain provisions may be unenforceable in whole or in part but such unenforceability will not adversely effect the principal legal rights and benefits afforded thereby, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1  Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

SECTION 11.2  Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address:

 

If to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

Oshkosh Corporation

2307 Oregon Street

Oshkosh, Wisconsin  54902

Facsimile:  (920) 966-5955

Attention:  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

With a copy to:

 

Foley & Lardner LLP

777 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
 Facsimile:  (414) 297-4900
 Attention:  Patrick G. Quick, Esq.

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

150 East 42nd St.

40th Floor

 

107

 

New York, New York 10017

Facsimile:  (917) 260-1593

Attention:  Oshkosh Corporation Account Manager

 

The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so sent to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to send a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

 

If the Issuer mails or delivers a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail or deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

SECTION 11.3  Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

SECTION 11.4  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any Company request to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5 hereof) stating that all conditions precedent, if any (including any covenant, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such document is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

108

 

SECTION 11.5  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.6  Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

SECTION 11.7  No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees, Equity Owners and the Trustee.

 

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, any supplemental indenture, or of any Note, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any general or limited partner, incorporator, organizer, equity owner, member, owner, officer, director, manager, employee or other Person acting in any capacity similar to any of the foregoing, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any predecessor or successor Person, either directly or through the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely obligations of the Company, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, any general or limited partner, incorporator, organizer, equity owner, member, owner, officer, director, manager, employee or other Person acting in any capacity similar to any of the foregoing, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor Person, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes or implied thereby; and that any and all such personal liability, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such general or limited partner, incorporator, organizer, equity owner, member, owner, officer, director, manager, employee or other Person acting in any capacity similar to any of the foregoing, as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes or implied thereby, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of such Notes.

 

109

 

SECTION 11.8  Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 11.9  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.10  Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 11.11  Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 11.12  Counterpart Originals

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

SECTION 11.13  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 11.14  Qualification of Indenture.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the 

 

110

 

Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee shall receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

SECTION 11.15  U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

SECTION 11.16  Force Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

 [Signatures on following page]

 

111

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

	
 
    	
OSHKOSH   CORPORATION,
    
	
 
    	
as Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   R. Scott Grennier
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
R.   Scott Grennier
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   
    	
Senior   Vice President and Treasurer
    

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

	
 
    	
JLG   INDUSTRIES, INC.
    
	
 
    	
McNEILUS   FINANCIAL, INC.
    
	
 
    	
OSHKOSH   AIRPORT PRODUCTS, LLC
    
	
 
    	
OSHKOSH   COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS, LLC
    
	
 
    	
OSHKOSH   DEFENSE, LLC
    
	
 
    	
PIERCE   MANUFACTURING INC.,
    
	
 
    	
as Guarantors
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Bryan J. Blankfield
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Bryan J. Blankfield
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   
    	
Executive   Vice President and Secretary
    

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

	
 
    	
WELLS   FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
as   Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Stefan Victory
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Stefan   Victory
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   
    	
Vice   President
    
					

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF

 

5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

(Face of Note)
 5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

[Global Notes Legend]

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Restricted Notes Legend]

 

[Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend]

 

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend from Section 2.6(e)(iv), if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1

 

OSHKOSH CORPORATION
 5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

	
No. 1
    	
144ACUSIP:   688239 AD4

144A   ISIN: US688239 AD42
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
REG   S CUSIP: U68314 AD2

REG   S ISIN: USU68314 AD22
    

 

Oshkosh Corporation promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [·] Dollars ($[·]) on March 1, 2025.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 1 and September 1, beginning September 1, 2015

 

Record Dates:  February 15 and August 15

 

Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-2

 

In WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

	
 
    	
Oshkosh   Corporation
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Oshkosh   Corporation
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
				

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes of the series designated herein issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
WELLS   FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
as   Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
				

 

A-3

 

(Reverse of Note)
 5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

OSHKOSH CORPORATION

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                                 Interest.

 

(a)                                 Oshkosh Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (“Oshkosh,” the “Issuer” or the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note (the “Notes”) at a fixed rate.  Oshkosh will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise provided herein) semiannually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing on September 1, 2015 or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including March 2, 2015; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (but after March 2, 2015), interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of the Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication.  Oshkosh shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

 

(b)                                 Registration Rights Agreement.  The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2015, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers.(1)

 

(2)                                 Method of Payment.  Oshkosh will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of the Notes at the close of business on the February 15 and August 15 preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.

 

The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of Oshkosh maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of Oshkosh, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their 

 

(1)                                 To be included only in the Initial Notes on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that bear the Restricted Note Legend.

 

A-4

 

addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided written wire transfer instructions to Oshkosh and the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

Any payments of principal of and interest on this Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes.

 

(3)                                 Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  Oshkosh may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  Oshkosh or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

(4)                                 Indenture.  Oshkosh issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 2, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among Oshkosh, the Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”).  To the extent the provisions of this Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  The Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior unsecured Obligations of Oshkosh limited to $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, plus amounts, if any, sufficient to pay premium and interest on outstanding Notes as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof.  The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions.

 

The payment of principal and interest on the Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors.

 

(5)                                 Optional Redemption.

 

(i)                                     The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or from time to time in part, at any time on or after March 1, 2020 at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on March 1 of the years indicated below:

 

A-5

 

	
Year
    	
 
    	
Redemption Price
    	
 
    
	
2020 
    	
 
    	
102.688
    	
%
    
	
2021 
    	
 
    	
101.792
    	
%
    
	
2022 
    	
 
    	
100.896
    	
%
    
	
2023 and thereafter 
    	
 
    	
100.000
    	
%
    

 

(ii)                                  Prior to March 1, 2018, the Issuer may from time to time, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 105.375% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date); provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

 

(iii)                               At any time or from time to time prior to March 1, 2020, the Notes may also be redeemed in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at the Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption or purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

 

(6)                                 Mandatory Redemption.  Oshkosh shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(7)                                 Repurchase at Option of Holder.

 

(a)                                 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, Oshkosh will make an Offer to Purchase for all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but not including the date of purchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, Oshkosh will mail or deliver a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer required by the Indenture.

 

(b)                                 Upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sales, Oshkosh may be required to offer to purchase the Notes.

 

(c)                                  Holders of the Notes that are the subject of an Offer to Purchase will receive notice of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale or a Change of Control Triggering Event from Oshkosh prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have 

 

A-6

 

such Notes purchased by completing the form titled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

(8)                                 Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption shall be delivered at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, except in the case of a notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Article VIII of the Indenture, which may be more than 60 days before the redemption date, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions hereof called for redemption.

 

(9)                                 Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of the Notes may be registered and the Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and Oshkosh may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  Oshkosh need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

(10)                          Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

(11)                          Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to the following paragraphs, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes.

 

Oshkosh, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may, without the consent of any Holders, enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture and the Note Guarantees, if any, for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)                                 to evidence the succession of another Person to Oshkosh and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of Oshkosh in the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes;

 

(2)                                 to add to the covenants of Oshkosh for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon Oshkosh;

 

(3)                                 to add additional Events of Default;

 

A-7

 

(4)                                 to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated Notes;

 

(5)                                 to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee;

 

(6)                                 to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

 

(7)                                 to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture;

 

(8)                                 to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

 

(9)                                 to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Oshkosh;

 

(10)                          to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”; or

 

(11)                          to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA.

 

Oshkosh, the Guarantors and the Trustee may, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, including the definitions therein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

 

(1)                                 change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

 

(2)                                 reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Indenture,

 

A-8

 

(3)                                 modify the obligations of Oshkosh to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control Triggering Event or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event or such Asset Sale,

 

(4)                                 modify or change any provision of the Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes,

 

(5)                                 modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or

 

(6)                                 release any Guarantees required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a Default:

 

(1)                                 in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

 

(2)                                 in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

 

(12)                          Defaults and Remedies.

 

Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)                                 default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

 

(2)                                 default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

(3)                                 failure to perform or comply with Section 4.3 of the Indenture and continuance of such failure to perform or comply for a period of 120 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(4)                                 except as permitted by or in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any

 

A-9

 

Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(5)                                 default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(6)                                 a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or (except in the case of any Debt owing to the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary or any Debt by any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company) shall constitute a failure to pay an amount of such Debt equal to at least the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

 

(7)                                 the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of the greater of $75.0 million and 2.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of amounts covered by insurance for which the issuer thereof has been notified of such claim and has not challenged such coverage), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)                                 (i)                                     the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(a)                                 commences a voluntary case,

 

(b)                                 consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(c)                                  consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(d)                                 makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(e)                                  generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

A-10

 

(ii)                                  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(a)                                 is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

 

(b)                                 appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(c)                                  orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to Oshkosh) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to Oshkosh (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.

 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by Oshkosh or a Restricted Subsidiary of Oshkosh or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to Oshkosh, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  For further information as to waiver of defaults, see Article IX of the Indenture.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders to do so.

 

A-11

 

(13)                          Trustee Dealings with Oshkosh.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for Oshkosh, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with Oshkosh, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

(14)                          No Recourse Against Others.  No director, member, owner, manager, officer, organizer, employee, equity owner, general or limited partner or incorporator or other Person acting in any capacity similar to any of the foregoing, past, present or future, of Oshkosh, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of such status.

 

No recourse may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of Oshkosh or the Guarantors on the Notes or under the Indenture or any related documents, any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, or (ii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee, agent, successor or assign of the Trustee, each in its individual capacity, or (iii) any holder of equity in the Trustee.

 

Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability described in the two preceding paragraphs.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

(15)                          Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(16)                          Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(17)                          CUSIP, ISIN Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

(18)                          THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

Oshkosh shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

A-12

 

Oshkosh Corporation

2307 Oregon Street

Oshkosh, Wisconsin 54902

Facsimile:  (920) 966-5955

Attention:  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

A-13

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:  (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

	
and   irrevocably appoint 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
to   transfer this Note on the books of Oshkosh. The agent may substitute another   to act for him.
    

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Your   Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Sign   exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
						

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

A-14

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by Oshkosh Corporation pursuant to Section 4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.14 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

	
[   ] Section 4.10
    	
 
    	
[   ] Section 4.14
    

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by Oshkosh Corporation pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

	
 
    	
$ ________________
    

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Your   Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Sign   exactly as your name appears on the Note)
    

 

Tax Identification Number: ____________

 

	
Signature   guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

A-15

 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON
 EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION
 OF RESTRICTED NOTES

 

Oshkosh Corporation

2307 Oregon Street

Oshkosh, Wisconsin 54902

Facsimile:  (920) 966-5955

Attention:  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

Wells Fargo Corporate Trust — DAPS Reorg

6th & Marquette Ave., 12th Floor

MAC N9303-121

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax:  1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re:                             Oshkosh Corporation 5.375% Senior Notes due 2025

CUSIP # __________________________________

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated March 2, 2015 (the “Indenture”) among Oshkosh Corporation (“Oshkosh”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

 

This certificate relates to $ _________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ______ book-entry or ________ definitive form by the undersigned.

 

The undersigned _________________ (transferor) (check one box below):

 

hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture;

 

hereby requests the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to ________ (transferee).

 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 

A-16

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

(1)                                 to Oshkosh or any of its subsidiaries, subject to Section 2.6 of the Indenture; or

 

(2)                                 inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or

 

(3)                                 outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder; or

 

(4)                                 pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-17

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   Guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Signature   must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee   medallion program)
    	
 
    	
 
    
				

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
[Name of Transferee]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
NOTICE:   To be executed by an executive officer
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A-18

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 5.375% Senior Notes due 2025 have been made:

 

	
Date of Exchange
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   Decrease in
   Principal Amount
   of this Global Note 
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   Increase in
   Principal Amount
   of this Global Note
    	
 
    	
Principal Amount
   of this Global Note
   Following Such
   Decrease (or
   Increase)
    	
 
    	
Signature of
   Authorized
   Signatory of Trustee
   or Note Custodian
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A-19

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE

 

Each Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of March 2, 2015, by and among Oshkosh Corporation (“Oshkosh”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) and any additional Guarantors) has guaranteed the 5.375% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”) and the obligations of Oshkosh under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of Oshkosh, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article X of the Indenture, (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee in enforcing any rights under this Note Guarantee or the Indenture.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Note Guarantee.

 

No stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Note Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator.

 

This is a continuing Note Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of Oshkosh’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.  This is a Note Guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.  The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

 

B-1

 

THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

 

	
Dated   as of
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
[NAME   OF GUARANTOR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

B-2

 

EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A]

 

Oshkosh Corporation

2307 Oregon Street

Oshkosh, Wisconsin 54902

Facsimile:  (920) 966-5955

Attention:  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

Wells Fargo Corporate Trust — DAPS Reorg

6th & Marquette Ave., 12th Floor

MAC N9303-121

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax:  1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re:                             Oshkosh Corporation 5.375% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $ _______ aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

You and Oshkosh Corporation are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	
 
    	
Very   truly yours,
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[Name   of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signature
    

 

C-1

 

	
 
    	
Signature   guarantee:
    	
 
    

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

C-2

 

EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
 PURSUANT TO REGULATION S]

 

Oshkosh Corporation

2307 Oregon Street

Oshkosh, Wisconsin 54902

Facsimile:  (920) 966-5955

Attention:  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

Wells Fargo Corporate Trust — DAPS Reorg

6th & Marquette Ave., 12th Floor

MAC N9303-121

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax:  1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re:                             Oshkosh Corporation 5.375% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $ _______ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1)                                 the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2)                                 either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)                                 no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(4)                                 the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b), as the case may be.

 

D-1

 

Oshkosh Corporation and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

	
 
    	
Very   truly yours,
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[Name   of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signature
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

D-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00241-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00241-of-00352.parquet"}]]